Fixing suite help (still in english)
authorMarcelo Poli <mpoli@lt24.zzn.com>
Fri, 17 Jun 2011 01:46:32 -0300
changeset 530 d25ef960b5e5f9109d920d631c335506cc2ffbe7
parent 523 79a92d5037a51fbe52bcada8d940afd0cd7fa31f
child 531 b79243d419add48e789e3d8dd1becd3c23ab0626
push id1
push usersledru@mozilla.com
push dateThu, 04 Dec 2014 21:47:06 +0000
Fixing suite help (still in english)
suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf
suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf
suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf
suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf
suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css
suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif
suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif
suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif
suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/frown.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif
suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif
suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif
suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif
suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif
suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif
suite/chrome/common/help/images/sick.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar-advanced.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/smile.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif
suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png
suite/chrome/common/help/images/wink.png
suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf
suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf
suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/validation_help.xhtml
suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml
deleted file mode 100644
--- a/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,540 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
-  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
-  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
-  %brandDTD;
-]>
-
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
-<head>
-<title>Certificate Information and Decisions</title>
-<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
-  type="text/css"/>
-</head>
-<body>
-
-<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
-  It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
-  your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
-  address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
-  recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
-  protection on the Internet.</div>
-
-<h1 id="certificate_information_and_decisions">Certificate Information and
-  Decisions</h1>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use various windows displayed at different times by
-  Certificate Manager. The additional information given here appears when you click
-  the Help button in one of those windows.</p>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#user_identification_request">User Identification Request</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h2 id="certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</h2>
-
-<p>The Certificate Viewer displays information about a certificate you selected
-  in one of the Certificate Manager tabs. The General tab summarizes
-  information about who issued the certificate, its verification status, what
-  the certificate can be used for, and so on. The Details tab provides complete
-  details on the certificate&apos;s contents.</p>
-
-<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Viewer, follow these
-  steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
-    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
-    the list.)</li>
-  <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li>
-  <li>Click the tab for the type of certificate whose details you want to
-    view.</li>
-  <li>Select the certificate whose details you want to view.</li>
-  <li>Click View.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#general_tab">General Tab</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#details_tab">Details Tab</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h3 id="general_tab">General Tab</h3>
-
-<p>When you first open the Certificate Viewer, the General tab displays several
-  kinds of information about the selected certificate:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>This certificate has been verified for the following
-    uses</strong>: See
-    <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification">certificate verification</a>
-    for a discussion of how the Certificate Manager verifies certificates. Uses
-    can include any of the following:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>SSL Client Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify
-        you to websites.</li>
-      <li><strong>SSL Server Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify
-        a website server to browsers.</li>
-      <li><strong>Email Signer Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to
-        identify you for the purposes of digitally signing email messages.</li>
-      <li><strong>Email Recipient Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to
-        identify someone else, for example so you can send that person
-        encrypted email.</li>
-      <li><strong>Status Responder Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to
-        identify an online status responder that uses the Online Certificate
-        Status Protocol (OCSP) to check the validity of certificates. For more
-        information about OCSP, see
-        <a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation Settings</a>.</li>
-      <li><strong>SSL Certificate Authority</strong>: Certificate used to
-        identify a certificate authority&mdash;that is, a service that issues
-        certificates for use as identification over computer networks.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Issued To</strong>: Summarizes the following information about
-    the certificate:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Common Name</strong>: The name of the person or other entity
-        that the certificate identifies.</li>
-      <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization to which
-        the entity belongs (such as the name of a company).</li>
-      <li><strong>Organizational Unit</strong>: The name of the organizational
-        unit to which the entity belongs (such as Accounting Department).</li>
-      <li><strong>Serial Number</strong>: The certificate&apos;s serial
-        number.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Issued By</strong>: Summarizes information (similar to that
-    provided under <q>Issued To</q>; see above) about the certificate authority
-    (CA) that issued the  certificate.</li>
-  <li><strong>Validity</strong>: Indicates the period during which the
-    certificate is valid.</li>
-  <li><strong>Fingerprints</strong>: Lists the certificate&apos;s fingerprints.
-    A fingerprint is a unique number produced by applying a mathematical
-    function to the certificate contents. A certificate&apos;s fingerprint can
-    be used to verify  that the certificate has not been tampered with.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<h3 id="details_tab">Details Tab</h3>
-
-<p>Click the Details tab at the top of the Certificate Viewer to see more
-  detailed information about the selected certificate. To examine information
-  for any certificate in the Certificate Hierarchy area, select its name,
-  select the field under Certificate Fields that you want to examine, and
-  read the field&apos;s value under Field Value:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Certificate Hierarchy</strong>: Displays the certificate chain,
-    with the certificate you originally selected at the bottom. A certificate
-    chain is a hierarchical series of certificates signed by successive
-    certificate authorities (CAs). A CA certificate identifies a
-    <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority</a>
-    and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate
-    can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to
-    a <a href="glossary.xhtml#root_ca">root CA</a>.</li>
-  <li><strong>Certificate Fields</strong>: Displays the fields of the
-    certificate selected under Certificate Hierarchy.</li>
-  <li><strong>Field Value</strong>: Displays the value of the field selected
-    under Certificate Fields.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>The Certificate Viewer displays basic ANSI types in human-readable form
-  wherever possible. For fields whose contents the Certificate Manager cannot
-  interpret, it displays the actual values contained in the certificate.</p>
-
-<h2 id="choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</h2>
-
-<p>A security device (sometimes called a token) is a hardware or software
-  device that provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption
-  and stores certificates and keys. The Choose Security Device window appears
-  when Certificate Manager needs help deciding which security device to use
-  when importing a certificate or performing a cryptographic operation, such as
-  generating keys for a new certificate. This window allows you to select one
-  of two or more security devices that Certificate Manager has detected on your
-  machine.</p>
-
-<p>A smart card is one example of a security device. For example, if a smart
-  card reader connected to your computer has a smart card inserted in it, the
-  name of the smart card will show up in the drop-down menu. In this case, you
-  must choose the name of the smart card from the menu to let Certificate
-  Manager know that you want to use it.</p>
-
-<p>The Certificate Manager also supplies its own default, built-in security
-  device, which can always be used no matter what additional devices are or
-  aren&apos;t available.</p>
-
-<h2 id="encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</h2>
-
-<p><a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">Certificate authorities (CAs)</a>
-  that issue separate signing and encryption email certificates typically make
-  backup copies of your private
-  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key">encryption key</a> during the
-  certificate enrollment process.</p>
-
-<p>The Encryption Key Copy dialog box allows you to approve the creation of
-  such a backup or cancel the certificate request. A CA that has archived a
-  backup copy of your encryption key has the potential capability of
-  decrypting any messages you receive that were encrypted with your
-  corresponding public key.</p>
-
-<p>You can take these actions from the Encryption Key Copy dialog box:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To view the certificate identifying
-    the CA that is requesting the backup copy, click View Certificate.</li>
-  <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you trust the CA identified by the CA certificate
-    to decrypt encrypted messages that you receive, click OK.
-
-    <p>If you are not sure whether to trust the CA that is requesting the
-      backup copy, talk to your system administrator.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you don&apos;t trust the CA that is
-    requesting the backup copy, don&apos;t request a certificate from it. Click
-    Cancel to stop both the backup procedure and the request for a
-    certificate.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>After your CA makes a backup copy of the encryption key, you will be able to
-  use that key to access your encrypted mail even if you lose your password or
-  lose your own copy of the key. If no backup copy of your encryption key
-  exists and you lose your password or the key, you will have no way of reading
-  email messages that were encrypted with that key.</p>
-
-<h2 id="certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</h2>
-
-<p>When you receive a certificate, make a backup copy of the certificate and
-  its private key, then store the copy in a safe place. For example, you can
-  put the copy on a floppy disk and store it with other valuable items under
-  lock and key. That way, even if you have hard disk or file corruption
-  problems, you can easily restore the certificate.</p>
-
-<p>It can be inconvenient, at best, and in some situations catastrophic to lose
-  your certificate and its associated private key, depending on what you use it
-  for. For example:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>If you lose a certificate that identifies you to important websites, you
-    will not be able to access those websites until you obtain a new
-    certificate. </li>
-  <li>If you lose a certificate used to encrypt email messages, you will not
-    be able to read any of your encrypted email&mdash;including both encrypted
-    messages that you have sent and encrypted messages that you have received.
-    In this case, if you cannot obtain a backup of the private encryption key
-    associated with the certificate, you will never be able to read any of the
-    messages encrypted with that key.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>Like any other valuable data, certificates should be backed up to avoid
-  future trouble and expense. Do it now so you don&apos;t forget.</p>
-
-<h2 id="user_identification_request">User Identification Request</h2>
-
-<p>Some websites require that you identify yourself with a certificate rather
-  than a name and password, because certificates provide a more reliable form
-  of identification. This method of identifying yourself over the Internet is
-  sometimes called
-  <a href="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</p>
-
-<p>However, Certificate Manager may have more than one certificate on file that
-  can be used for the purposes of identifying yourself to a website. In this
-  case, Certificate Manager presents the User Identification Request dialog
-  box, which displays two kinds of information:</p>
-
-<p><strong>This site has requested that you identify yourself with a
-  certificate</strong>: This section of the dialog box lists the following
-  information:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Host name</strong>: The name of the server requesting
-    identification, used as part of its URL. For example, the host name for the
-    Netscape website is <tt>home.netscape.com</tt>.</li>
-  <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization that runs the
-    web site.</li>
-  <li><strong>Issued under</strong>: The name of the
-    <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
-    that issued the certificate.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p><strong>Choose a certificate to present as identification</strong>: The
-  certificates you have available for the purposes of identifying yourself to a
-  website are listed in the drop-down list in this section of the dialog box.
-  Choose the certificate that seems most likely to be recognized by the website
-  you want to visit.</p>
-
-<p>To help you decide, the following details of the selected certificate are
-  displayed:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Issued to</strong>: Lists information about the person identified
-    by the certificate (for example, your name and email address) and the
-    certificate&apos;s serial number and validity dates.</li>
-  <li><strong>Issued by</strong>: Summarizes information about the CA that
-    issued the certificate, such as its name, location, and state.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<h2 id="new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</h2>
-
-<p>The certificates that the Certificate Manager has on file, whether stored on
-  your computer or on an external security device such as a smart card, include
-  certificates that identify
-  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities (CAs)</a>.
-  To be able to recognize any other certificates it has on file, Certificate
-  Manager must have certificates for the CAs that issued or authorized issuance
-  of those certificates.</p>
-
-<p>When you decide to trust a CA, Certificate Manager downloads that CA&apos;s
-  certificate and can then recognize the kinds of certificates you trust that
-  CA to issue.</p>
-
-<p>Before downloading a new CA certificate, Certificate Manager allows you to
-  specify the purposes for which you trust the certificate, if at all. You can
-  select any of the following options:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify websites</strong>: Website certificates
-    for some sites, such as those that handle financial transactions, can be
-    extremely important, and inappropriate or false identification can have
-    negative consequences.</li>
-  <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify email users</strong>: If you intend to
-    send email users confidential information in encrypted form, or if accurate
-    identification of email users is important to you for any other reason, you
-    should consider carefully the CA&apos;s procedures for identifying
-    prospective certificate owners and whether they are appropriate for your
-    purposes before selecting this option.</li>
-  <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify software developers</strong>: Selecting
-    this option means that you trust the CA to issue certificates that identify
-    the origin of Java applets and JavaScript scripts requesting special access
-    to your computer, such as the ability to change files. Since such access
-    privileges can be misused, for example to destroy data stored on your hard
-    disk, be very careful about selecting this option unless you are certain
-    that you trust the CA for this purpose.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>Before you decide to trust a new CA, make sure that you know who is
-  operating it. Make sure the CA&apos;s policies and procedures are
-  appropriate for the kinds of certificates it issues. For example, if the CA
-  issues certificates identifying websites you use for financial transactions,
-  make sure you are comfortable with the level of assurance the CA
-  provides.</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>View</strong>: Click this button to view the CA certificate you
-    are about to download. If you decide you don&apos;t want to download this
-    certificate, click Cancel.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<h2 id="web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</h2>
-
-<p>One of the windows listed here may appear when you attempt to go to a
-  website that supports the use of <a href="glossary.xhtml#ssl">SSL</a> for
-  <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a> and
-  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a>.</p>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority">Website Certified
-      by an Unknown Authority</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#server_certificate_expired">Server Certificate Expired</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#server_certificate_not_yet_valid">Server Certificate Not Yet
-      Valid</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h3 id="web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority">Website Certified by an Unknown
-  Authority</h3>
-
-<p>Many websites use certificates to identify themselves when you visit the
-  site. If Certificate Manager doesn&apos;t recognize the
-  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority"> certificate authority (CA)</a>
-  that issued a website&apos;s certificate, it displays an alert that allows
-  you to examine the new website certificate and decide what to do.</p>
-
-<p>Use the buttons to perform the following actions:</p>
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: Examine the website&apos;s
-    certificate.</li>
-  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: Cancel the operation. Certificate Manager
-    will not recognize the certificate as legitimate identification and will not
-    connect to the website.</li>
-  <li><strong>OK</strong>: Accept the certificate and connect to the website.
-    Choose for how long the certificate should be accepted:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Accept this certificate permanently</strong>: Certificate
-        Manager will recognize the certificate as legitimate identification
-        until the certificate expires.</li>
-      <li><strong>Accept this certificate temporarily for this session</strong>:
-        Certificate Manager will recognize the certificate as legitimate
-        identification only during your current &brandShortName; session. You
-        will see the alert again if you restart &brandShortName; and attempt to
-        visit the website.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p><strong>Important note for server administrators</strong>: This alert may be
-  triggered by a server that is not configured correctly. To find out if this
-  is the case, the server administrator or webmaster for the site you are
-  attempting to visit should check the status of any required intermediate CAs
-  and if necessary, install the missing certificate in the server.</p>
-
-<p>If you decide to contact the website&apos;s webmaster about this issue, you
-  can include the following information:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>The server administrator can obtain more information about intermediate
-    CAs from here:
-    <a href="http://knowledge.verisign.com/search/solution.jsp?id=vs2119">What
-    is the purpose of the Intermediate CA certificate?</a></li>
-  <li>If the server is using a VeriSign certificate, the server administrator
-    can download the appropriate certificate from here:
-    <a href="http://www.verisign.com/support/ssl-certificates-support/install-ssl-certificate.html">SSL
-    Certificates Support</a></li>
-</ul>
-
-<p><strong>For advanced users</strong>: To ensure that Certificate Manager
-  trusts all certificates issued by a given CA, you can edit the trust
-  settings for the corresponding CA certificate. To do so, follow these
-  steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
-    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
-    the list.)</li>
-  <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li>
-  <li>Click the Authorities tab.</li>
-  <li>Select the CA certificate whose trust settings you want to edit.</li>
-  <li>Click the Edit button and select the appropriate trust settings.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<h3 id="server_certificate_expired">Server Certificate Expired</h3>
-
-<p>Like a credit card, a driver&apos;s license, and many other forms of
-  identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is
-  valid for a specified period of time. When a certificate expires, the owner
-  of the certificate needs to get a new one.</p>
-
-<p>Certificate Manager warns you when you attempt to visit a website whose
-  server certificate has expired. The first thing you should do is make sure
-  the time and date displayed by your computer is correct. If your
-  computer&apos;s clock is set to a date that is after the expiration date,
-  Certificate Manager treats the website&apos;s certificate as expired.</p>
-
-<p>If your computer&apos;s clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision
-  about whether to trust the site. This decision depends on what you intend to
-  do at the site and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will
-  make sure that they replace their certificates before they expire.</p>
-
-<p>You can take these actions from the Expired Server Certificate dialog
-  box:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To examine information about the
-    certificate, including its validity period, click View Certificate.</li>
-  <li><strong>Continue</strong>: If you have reason to believe the
-    certificate&apos;s expiration is an inadvertent error, you may choose to
-    click Continue to accept the certificate anyway for this session, and let
-    the webmaster for the site know about the problem.
-
-    <p>Be cautious about any actions you take while you are visiting the
-      site.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you suspect that there may be a significant
-    problem and you don&apos;t want to risk visiting the site at all, click
-    Cancel (in which case Certificate Manager will not connect you to the
-    site).</li>
-</ul>
-
-<h3 id="server_certificate_not_yet_valid">Server Certificate Not Yet Valid</h3>
-
-<p>Like a credit card, a driver&apos;s license, and many other forms of
-  identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is
-  valid for a specified period of time.</p>
-
-<p>Certificate Manager warns you when you attempt to visit a website whose
-  server certificate&apos;s validity period has not yet started. The first
-  thing you should do is make sure the time and date displayed by your own
-  computer is correct. If your computer&apos;s clock is set to the wrong date,
-  Certificate Manager may treat the server certificate as not yet valid even
-  if this is not the case.</p>
-
-<p>If your computer&apos;s clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision
-  about whether to trust the site. This decision depends on what you intend to
-  do at the site and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will
-  make sure that the validity period for their certificates has begun before
-  beginning to use them.</p>
-
-<p>You can take these actions from the Server Certificate Not Yet Valid dialog
-  box:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To examine information about the
-    certificate, including its validity period, click View Certificate.</li>
-  <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you have reason to believe the problem is an
-    inadvertent error, you may choose to click OK to accept the certificate
-    anyway for this session, and let the webmaster for the site know about the
-    problem.
-
-    <p>Be cautious about any actions you take while you are visiting the
-      site.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you suspect that there may be a significant
-    problem and you don&apos;t want to risk visiting the site at all, click
-    Cancel (in which case Certificate Manager will not connect you to the
-    site).</li>
-</ul>
-
-<h3 id="domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</h3>
-
-<p>A server <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> specifies the
-  name of the server in the form of the site&apos;s domain name. For example,
-  the domain name for the Mozilla website is <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt>. If the
-  domain name in a server&apos;s certificate doesn&apos;t match the actual
-  domain name of the website, it may be a sign that someone is attempting to
-  intercept your communication with the website.</p>
-
-<p>The decision whether to trust the site anyway depends on what you intend to
-  do at the site and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will
-  make sure that the host name for a website certificate matches
-  the website&apos;s actual host name.</p>
-
-<p>You can take these actions from the Domain Name Mismatch dialog box:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To examine information about the
-    certificate, click View Certificate.</li>
-  <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you have reason to believe the problem is an
-    inadvertent error, you may choose to click OK to accept the certificate
-    anyway for this session, and let the webmaster for the site know about
-    the problem.
-
-    <p>Be cautious about any actions you take while you are visiting the site,
-      and treat any information you find there as potentially suspect.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you suspect that there may be a significant
-    problem and you don&apos;t want to risk visiting the site at all, click
-    Cancel (in which case Certificate Manager will not connect you to the
-    site).</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>If you decide to accept the certificate anyway for this session, you should
-  be cautious about what you do on the website, and you should treat any
-  information you find there as potentially suspect.</p>
-
-<p>&copyright.string;</p>
-
-</body>
-</html>
deleted file mode 100644
--- a/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,415 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
-  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
-  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
-  %brandDTD;
-]>
-
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
-<head>
-<title>Certificate Manager</title>
-<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
-  type="text/css"/>
-</head>
-<body>
-
-<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
-  It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
-  your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
-  address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
-  recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
-  protection on the Internet.</div>
-
-<h1 id="certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</h1>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Certificate Manager. For more
-  information on using certificates, see <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using
-  Certificates</a>.</p>
-
-<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Manager window, follow
-  these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
-    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
-    the list.)</li>
-  <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#other_peoples_certificates">Other People&apos;s
-      Certificates</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#authorities">Authorities</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h2 id="your_certificates">Your Certificates</h2>
-
-<p>The Your Certificates tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
-  Manager</a> displays the certificates on file that identify you. Your
-  certificates are listed under the names of the organizations that issued
-  them:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>If you can&apos;t see certificate names under an organization&apos;s
-    name, double-click the name.</li>
-  <li>To select a certificate, click its name.</li>
-  <li>To select more than one certificate, hold down the Control key and click
-    their names.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>To perform the following actions, select one or more certificates and click
-  one of the following buttons:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
-    certificates.</li>
-  <li><strong>Backup</strong>: Initiate the process of saving the selected
-    certificates. A window appears that allows you to choose a password to
-    protect the backup. You can then save the backup in a directory of your
-    choice.</li>
-  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>These actions do not require a certificate to be selected:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more
-    certificates that were previously backed up. When you click Import,
-    Certificate Manager first asks you to locate the file that contains the
-    backup. The names of certificate backup files typically end in
-    <tt>.p12</tt>; for example, <tt>MyCert.p12</tt>. After you select the file
-    to be imported, Certificate Manager asks you to enter the password that you
-    set when you backed up the certificate.</li>
-  <li><strong>Backup All</strong>: Initiate the process of saving all the
-    certificates stored in the
-    <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security
-    Device</a>.
-
-    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Certificates on smart cards cannot be backed up.
-      Whether you select some of your certificates and click Backup, or click
-      Backup All, the resulting backup file will not include any certificates
-      stored on smart cards or other external security devices. You can only
-      back up certificates that are stored on the built-in Software Security
-      Device.</p>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<h3 id="choose_a_certificate_backup_password">Choose a Certificate Backup
-  Password</h3>
-
-<p>A certificate backup password protects one or more certificates that you are
-  backing up from the <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in
-  the Certificate Manager.</p>
-
-<p>The Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when you back up
-  certificates, and requests it when you attempt to import certificates that
-  have previously been backed up.</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Certificate backup password</strong>: Type your backup password
-    into this field.</li>
-  <li><strong>Certificate backup password (again)</strong>: Type your backup
-    password again. If you don&apos;t type it the second time exactly as you
-    did the first time, the OK button remains inactive. If this happens, try
-    typing the new password again.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>If someone obtains the file containing a certificate that you have backed up
-  and successfully imports the certificate, that person can send messages or
-  access websites while pretending to be you. This can be a problem, for
-  example, if you digitally sign important email messages or manage your bank
-  or investment accounts over the Internet.</p>
-
-<p>Therefore, it&apos;s important to select a certificate backup password that
-  is difficult to guess. The <strong>password quality meter</strong> gives you
-  a rough idea of the quality of your password as you type it based on factors
-  such as length and the use of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers,
-  and symbols. It does not guarantee that your password cannot be guessed,
-  however.</p>
-
-<p>For further guidelines, see
-  <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good
-  Password</a>.</p>
-
-<p>It&apos;s also important to record the password in a safe place&mdash;and
-  not anywhere that&apos;s easily accessible to someone else. If you forget
-  this password, you can&apos;t import the backup of your certificate.</p>
-
-<h3 id="delete_your_certificates">Delete Your Certificates</h3>
-
-<p>Before deleting one of your own expired certificates from the
-  <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in the Certificate
-  Manager, make sure you won&apos;t need it again some day for reading old
-  email messages that you may have encrypted with the corresponding private
-  key.</p>
-
-<h2 id="other_peoples_certificates">Other People&apos;s Certificates</h2>
-
-<p>The Other People&apos;s tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
-  Manager</a> displays email certificates you have on file that identify other
-  people.</p>
-
-<p>When people send you digitally signed email messages, Certificate Manager
-  imports their certificates automatically. You can use these certificates to
-  send encrypted messages to those people.</p>
-
-<p>Other people&apos;s certificates are listed under the names of the
-  organizations that issued them:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>If you can&apos;t see certificate names under an organization&apos;s
-    name, double-click the name.</li>
-  <li>To select a certificate, click its name.</li>
-  <li>To select more than one certificate, hold down the Control key and click
-    their names.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>To perform the following actions, select one or more certificates and click
-  one of the following buttons:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
-    certificates.</li>
-  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<h3 id="delete_email_certificates">Delete Email Certificates</h3>
-
-<p>Before deleting someone else&apos;s certificate from the
-  <a href="#other_peoples_certificates">Other People&apos;s</a> tab in the
-  Certificate Manager, make sure you won&apos;t need it again some day to send
-  encrypted email to that person or to verify digital signatures on messages
-  from that person.</p>
-
-<h2 id="web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</h2>
-
-<p>The Websites tab in the Certificate Manager displays certificates you have
-  on file that identify websites.</p>
-
-<p>Website certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that
-  issued them:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>If you can&apos;t see certificate names under an organization&apos;s
-    name, double-click the name.</li>
-  <li>To select a certificate, click its name.</li>
-  <li>To select more than one certificate, hold down the Control key and click
-    their names.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>To perform the following actions, select one or more certificates and click
-  one of the following buttons:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
-    certificates.</li>
-  <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the trust settings that Certificate
-    Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these
-    settings to designate a website certificate as one that you trust or
-    don&apos;t trust for identification purposes.</li>
-  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<h3 id="edit_web_site_certificate_trust_settings">Edit Website Certificate
-  Trust Settings</h3>
-
-<p>When you select a website certificate from the
-  <a href="#web_site_certificates">Websites</a> tab in the Certificate Manager
-  and click Edit, you see a window entitled <q>Edit website certificate trust
-  settings</q>. Here you specify whether you want to trust the selected
-  certificate for identifying the website and setting up an encrypted
-  connection.</p>
-
-<p>The dialog box contains these elements:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>The certificate <q><em>name of certificate</em></q> was
-    issued by</strong>: Provides information about the
-    <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority</a>
-    that issued this certificate.</li>
-  <li><strong>Edit certificate trust settings</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Trust the authenticity of this certificate</strong>: If you
-        select this option, Certificate Manager will henceforth trust this
-        certificate for the purposes of identifying this website or setting up
-        an encrypted connection. If you select this option and then attempt to
-        visit the website, your browser will access the site with few, if any,
-        warnings.</li>
-      <li><strong>Do not trust the authenticity of this certificate</strong>:
-        If you select this option, Certificate Manager will no longer trust
-        this certificate for the purposes of identifying this website or
-        setting up an encrypted connection. If you select this option and
-        then attempt to visit the website, you will see one or more warning
-        messages before you can access the site.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Edit CA Trust</strong>: Click this button to specify trust
-    settings for the certificate authority (CA) that issued the website
-    certificate. These settings allow you to trust or not to trust different
-    kinds of certificates issued by that certificate authority. For example,
-    you can choose to trust all website certificates issued by the
-    authority.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>Click OK to confirm your choice.</p>
-
-<h3 id="delete_web_site_certificates">Delete Website Certificates</h3>
-
-<p>Before deleting a website certificate from the
-  <a href="#web_site_certificates">Websites</a> tab in the Certificate
-  Manager, make sure that you won&apos;t need it again for the purposes of
-  identifying a website and setting up an encrypted connection.</p>
-
-<h2 id="authorities">Authorities</h2>
-
-<p>The Authorities tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
-  Manager</a> displays the certificates you have on file that identify
-  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities
-  (CAs)</a>.</p>
-
-<p>CA certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that issued
-  them:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>If you can&apos;t see CA certificate names under an organization&apos;s
-    name, double-click the name.</li>
-  <li>To select a CA certificate, click its name.</li>
-  <li>To select more than one CA certificate, hold down the Control key and
-    click their names.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>To perform these actions, select the certificates on which you want to act
-  and click one of these buttons:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
-    certificates.</li>
-  <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the settings that Certificate
-    Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these
-    settings to designate what kinds of certificates, if any, you trust that
-    are issued by the corresponding CAs.</li>
-  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>To ensure that an entire
-  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a> of CAs are
-  all trusted, you need to edit the root CA certifiate only.</p>
-
-<p>To import the chain, you click a link on a web page provided by the CA. You
-  can then use the authorities tab to locate the root certificate and edit its
-  trust settings.</p>
-
-<p>The root and intermediate CAs all appear under the same organization. The
-  root certificate is the one that lists itself as the the issuer.</p>
-
-<p><strong>If you download an intermediate CA</strong>: If you download an
-  intermediate CA certificate that chains to a root certificate already marked
-  as trusted in your browser, you don&apos;t have to indicate what purposes you
-  trust it for. Intermediate certificates automatically inherit the trust
-  settings of their roots.</p>
-
-<h3 id="edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings">Edit CA Certificate Trust
-  Settings</h3>
-
-<p>When you select a CA certificate from the
-  <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager and
-  click Edit, you see a window entitled <q>Edit CA certificate trust
-  settings</q>. Here you specify the kinds of certificates you trust this CA
-  to certify. If you deselect all the checkboxes, Certificate Manager will not
-  trust any certificates issued by this CA.</p>
-
-<p>The settings have these effects:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>This certificate can identify websites</strong>: Certificate
-    Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of
-    identifying websites and encrypting website connections. If you deselect
-    this checkbox, Certificate Manager will not trust website certificates
-    issued by this CA.</li>
-  <li><strong>This certificate can identify mail users</strong>: Certificate
-    Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of
-    signing or encrypting email. If you deselect this checkbox, Certificate
-    Manager will not trust email certificates issued by this CA.</li>
-  <li><strong>This certificate can identify software makers</strong>:
-    Certificate Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the
-    purpose of identifying software makers. If you deselect this checkbox,
-    Certificate Manager will not trust such certificates issued by this
-    CA.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>Click OK to confirm the settings you have selected.</p>
-
-<h3 id="delete_ca_certificates">Delete CA Certificates</h3>
-
-<p>Before deleting a CA certificate from the
-  <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager,
-  make sure that you won&apos;t need it again to validate certificates issued
-  by that CA. If you delete the only valid certificate you have for a CA,
-  Certificate Manager will no longer trust any certificates issued by that
-  CA.</p>
-
-<h2 id="device_manager">Device Manager</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes the options available in the Device Manager window.
-  For background information and step-by-step instructions on the use of the
-  Device Manager, see
-  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing
-  Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a>.</p>
-
-<p>If you are not currently viewing the Device Manager window, follow these
-  steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
-    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
-    the list.)</li>
-  <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Device Manager lists each available PKCS #11 module, and the security
-  devices managed by each module below the module&apos;s name.</p>
-
-<p>When you select a module or device, information about the selected item
-  appears in the middle of the window, and some of the buttons on the right
-  side of the window become available. In general, you perform an action on
-  a module or device by selecting its name and clicking the appropriate
-  button:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Log In</strong>: Log into the selected security device. After you
-    have logged in to the device, the frequency with which you will be asked to
-    enter the master password for the device depends on the
-    <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout">Master Password
-    Timeout</a> settings.</li>
-  <li><strong>Log Out</strong>: Log out of the selected security device. After
-    you have logged out of the device, the device and the certificates it
-    contains will not be available until you log in again.</li>
-  <li><strong>Change Password</strong>: Change the master password for the
-    selected security device.</li>
-  <li><strong>Load</strong>: Displays a dialog box that allows you to specify
-    the name and location of a new PKCS #11 module. Before adding a new module,
-    you should first install the module software on your computer and if
-    necessary connect any associated hardware device. Follow the instructions
-    provided by the vendor.</li>
-  <li><strong>Unload</strong>: Unload the selected module. If you unload a
-    module, both the module and its security devices are no longer available
-    for use by the browser.</li>
-  <li><strong>Enable FIPS</strong>: Turns the FIPS mode on and off. For more
-    information, see
-    <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS
-    Mode</a>.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>&copyright.string;</p>
-
-</body>
-</html>
deleted file mode 100644
--- a/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
-  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
-  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
-  %brandDTD;
-]>
-
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
-<head>
-<title>Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Certificates</title>
-<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
-  type="text/css"/>
-</head>
-<body>
-
-<h1 id="certificate_settings">Certificate Settings</h1>
-
-<p>This section describes how to set your certificate preferences and how to
-  use the Certificate Manager, Device Manager, and other dialog boxes related
-  to certificates.</p>
-
-<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to certificates, see
-  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using Certificates</a>.</p>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Certificate 
-      Preferences</a></li>
-    <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate Manager</a></li>
-    <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Device Manager</a></li>
-    <li><a href="cert_dialog_help.xhtml">Certificate Information and
-      Decisions</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h1 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Privacy &amp; Security
-  Preferences - Certificates</h1>
-
-<p>This section describes use the Certificates preferences panel. To view
-  Certificates preferences, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
-    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
-    the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<h3 id="client_certificate_selection">Client Certificate Selection</h3>
-
-<p>Some websites require you to identify yourself with a certificate. The
-  option you select here determines how the browser identifies the certificate
-  to present among those you may have on file:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Select Automatically:</strong> Click this option if you want
-    the browser to select a certificate without asking you. This is the default
-    setting.</li>
-  <li><strong>Ask Every Time:</strong> Click this option if you want the browser
-    to ask you which certificate to use each time a website requests one.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<h3 id="manage_certificates">Manage Certificates</h3>
-
-<p>Certificates are the digital equivalent of ID cards&mdash;they help other
-  people identify you, and they help you identify other people, websites, and
-  organizations.</p>
-
-<p>To examine or configure the certificates you have on file, click Manage
-  Certificates.</p>
-
-<h3 id="manage_security_devices">Manage Security Devices</h3>
-
-<p>A security device is a hardware or software device that stores your
-  certificates and keys. For example, a smart card is a security device. Your
-  browser has its own built-in software security device, and you can use
-  additional security devices, such as smart cards, at the same time.</p>
-
-<p>To examine or configure your security devices, click Manage Security
-  Devices.</p>
-
-
-<p>&copyright.string;</p>
-
-</body>
-</html>
deleted file mode 100644
--- a/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2496 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
-  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
-  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
-  %brandDTD;
-]>
-
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
-<head>
-<title>Creating Web Pages with &brandShortName; Composer</title>
-<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
-  type="text/css"/>
-</head>
-<body>
-
-<h1 id="creating_web_pages_with_mozilla_composer">Creating Web Pages with
-  &brandShortName; Composer</h1>
-
-<p>&brandShortName; Composer lets you create your own web pages and publish
-  them on the web. You don&apos;t have to know HTML to use Composer; it is as
-  easy to use as a word processor.</p>
-
-<p>Toolbar buttons let you add lists, tables, images, links to other pages,
-  colors, and font styles. You can see what your document will look like on
-  the Web as you create it, and you can easily share your document with
-  other users, no matter what type of browser or HTML-capable email program
-  they use.</p>
-
-<p>To start using &brandShortName; Composer:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Click the Composer icon in the lower-left corner of any
-    &brandShortName; window.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<div><img src="images/composer_icon.png" width="128" height="23"
-  alt="" /></div>
-<div style="margin-left: 80px;"><strong>Composer icon</strong></div>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#starting_a_new_page">Starting a New Page</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web
-      Page</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to
-      Your Web Page</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in
-      Composer</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on
-      the Web</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h1 id="starting_a_new_page" style="margin-top: 50px;">Starting a New Page</h1>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your
-      New Page</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h2 id="creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</h2>
-
-<p>&brandShortName; Composer is an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) editor that
-  allows you to create and edit web pages. Composer is a <em>WYSIWYG</em> (What
-  You See Is What You Get) editor, so you can display how your page will look
-  to the reader as you&apos;re creating it. It is not necessary for you to know
-  HTML, since most of the basic HTML functions are available as commands from
-  the toolbars and menus.</p>
-
-<p>Composer also lets you edit the HTML source if you want. To view or edit the
-  HTML source code, open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the
-  &lt;HTML&gt; Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the
-  Composer window.</p>
-
-<p>To create a web page, use one of the methods described below. Once
-  you&apos;ve started a page, you can add and edit text just as you would
-  in a word processor.</p>
-
-<p><strong>To create a new page from the browser</strong>:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Composer Page. A Composer
-    window containing a blank page opens.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p><strong>To edit a page you&apos;re currently viewing in the
-  browser</strong>:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>In the browser window of the page you&apos;re viewing, open the File
-    menu and choose Edit Page. You see a Composer window that contains the
-    page you&apos;re viewing.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p><strong>To create a new page in Composer</strong>:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Click the New button in Composer&apos;s toolbar.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p><strong>To start from an HTML file stored on your local drive</strong>:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Composer. You see the Composer
-    window.</li>
-  <li>Open the File menu and choose Open File. You see the Open HTML File
-    dialog box.</li>
-  <li>On your local drive, locate the file that you want to edit.</li>
-  <li>Click Open to display the specified file in a Composer window.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>To edit a web page</strong>:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Browser.</li>
-  <li>Go to a web page: type the URL of the page (for example,
-    <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>) in the Location Bar and press
-    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
-  <li>Open the File menu and choose Edit Page.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: In the Composer window you can quickly open the most
-  recent file you&apos;ve been working on by opening the File menu, choosing
-  Recent Pages, and then selecting the file you want from the list.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your New
-  Page</h2>
-
-<p>You can save Composer documents in HTML or text-only format. Saving a
-  document in HTML format preserves the document&apos;s formatting, such
-  as text styles (for example, bold or italic), tables, links, and images.
-  Saving a document in text-only format removes all the HTML tags but
-  preserves the document&apos;s text.</p>
-
-<p>To save a document as an HTML file:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Open the File menu and choose Save or click the Save button on the
-    Composition toolbar.
-
-    <p>If you haven&apos;t already given your page a title, Composer prompts
-      you to do so. Composer displays the page title in the browser
-      window&apos;s title bar when you view the page in the browser. The
-      document&apos;s page title also appears in your list of bookmarks
-      if you bookmark the page.</p>
-
-    <p>Composer then prompts you to enter a filename and specify the location
-      where you want to save the file. Make sure you preserve the .html
-      extension in the filename.</p>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>To change the filename or location of an existing HTML file:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Choose Save As and select a different filename or location.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>When you save a page in Composer, all parts of the page (the HTML, images
-  and other files, such as sound files and style sheets), are saved locally
-  on your hard drive. If you only want to save the HTML part of the page, you
-  must change the Composer preference for saving pages. See
-  <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</a> for more information
-  on changing Composer&apos;s setting for saving pages.</p>
-
-<p>If an image location is absolute (starts with <q>http://</q>) and you are
-  connected to the Internet, you will still see that image in the document in
-  Composer and the browser. However, if the image location is relative to the
-  page location (starts with <q>file:///</q>), then you won&apos;t see the
-  image in the local version of the document.</p>
-
-<p>To save a document as a text-only file:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the File menu and choose Export to Text.</li>
-  <li>Enter the filename and specify the location where you want to save the
-    file.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: Images do not appear in documents saved in the
-  text-only format.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can choose Revert to Last Saved from the File
-  menu to retrieve the most recently saved copy of the document in which
-  you&apos;re working. Keep in mind that your current changes will be lost.</p>
-
-<p>To view your page in a browser window in order to test your links:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Open the File menu and choose Browse Page (or click Browse in the
-    Composition toolbar). If you have not yet saved your document, Composer
-    prompts you to enter a page title, filename, and location. The Composer
-    window remains open behind the new browser window.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h1 id="formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</h1>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting
-      Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#working_with_lists">Working with Lists</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color,
-      Style, and Font</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or
-      Discontinuing Text Styles</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing
-      Text</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal
-      Lines</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special
-      Characters</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML
-      Elements and Attributes</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing
-      Mode</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h2 id="formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting Paragraphs,
-  Headings, and Lists</h2>
-
-<p>To apply a format to a paragraph, begin from the Composer window:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the format to begin,
-    or select the text you want to format.</li>
-  <li>Choose a paragraph format using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Body Text</strong>: Applies the application default font and
-        style for regular text, without affecting the spacing before or after
-        the text.</li>
-      <li><strong>Paragraph</strong>: Inserts a paragraph tag (use this to
-        begin a new paragraph). The paragraph includes top and bottom
-        margins.</li>
-      <li><strong>Heading 1</strong> - <strong>Heading 6</strong>: Formats the
-        paragraph as a heading. Heading 1 is the highest-level heading, while
-        Heading 6 is the lowest-level heading.</li>
-      <li><strong>Address</strong>: Can be used for a web page <q>signature</q>
-        that indicates the author of the page and the person to contact for
-        more information, for example: <tt>user@example.com</tt> 
-
-        <p>You might want to include the date and a copyright notice. This
-          format usually appears at the bottom of the web page under a
-          horizontal line. The browser displays the address format in
-          italics.</p>
-      </li>
-      <li><strong>Preformat</strong>: This is useful for elements such as code
-        examples, column data, and mail messages that you want displayed in a
-        fixed-width font. In normal text, most browsers remove extra spaces,
-        tabs, and paragraph returns. However, text that uses the Preformatted
-        style is displayed with the white space intact, preserving the layout
-        of the original text.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>To format text as a heading:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point anywhere within the text that you
-    want to format.</li>
-  <li>Using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar, choose the level of
-    heading you want, from 1 (largest) to 6 (smallest). Choose <q>Heading 1</q>
-    for your main heading, <q>Heading 2</q> for the next level, and so
-    forth.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>To apply a list item format:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the line of text that you want
-    to format.</li>
-  <li>Open the Format menu and choose List.</li>
-  <li>Choose the list style:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Bulleted</strong>: Each item has a bullet (dot) next to it
-        (as in this list).</li>
-      <li><strong>Numbered</strong>: Items are numbered.</li>
-      <li><strong>Term</strong> and <strong>Definition</strong>: These two
-        styles work together, creating a glossary-style appearance. Use the
-        Term tag for the word being defined, and the Definition tag for the
-        definition. The Term text appears flush left, and the Definition
-        text appears indented.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly apply a list style to a block of
-  text by selecting the text and clicking the Numbered List
-  <img src="images/numbers.gif" width="21" height="21" alt="" />
-  or Bulleted List
-  <img src="images/bullets.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" />
-  buttons on the Format toolbar.</p>
-
-<p>To change the style of bullets or numbers:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the text of the list item you
-    want to change, or select one or more items in the list if you want to
-    apply a new style to the entire list.</li>
-  <li>Open the Format menu and choose List Properties.</li>
-  <li>Select a bullet or number style from the drop-down list. For numbered
-    lists, you can specify a starting number. For bulleted lists, you can
-    change the bullet style.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click on a bullet or number in a
-  list to display the List Properties dialog box.</p>
-
-<p>To align a paragraph or text in your page, for example, centering or
-  aligning to the left or right:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the paragraph or line of text
-    you want to align.</li>
-  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Align; then choose an alignment
-    option.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also use the Format toolbar to align
-  text.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="working_with_lists">Working with Lists</h2>
-
-<p>To end a list and continue typing body text:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point at the end of the last list item and
-    press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> twice to
-    end the list.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>To change one or more list items to body text:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item, or select the
-    list items.</li>
-  <li>In a numbered list, click the numbered list button (or in a bulleted
-    list, click the bulleted list button) in the Format toolbar.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>To position indented text below a list item:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item.</li>
-  <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd
-    class="noMac">Enter</kbd>to create the hanging indent.</li>
-  <li>Type the text you want to indent.</li>
-  <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd
-    class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create another indented paragraph, or press
-    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create the
-    next list item.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can increase or decrease the indentation of list
-  items by clicking anywhere in a list item and then clicking the Indent or
-  Outdent button on the Format toolbar. Alternatively, click anywhere in a
-  list item and press <kbd>Tab</kbd> to indent one level. Press
-  <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> to outdent one level.</p>
-
-<p>To merge two adjacent lists:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Select the two lists that you want to merge. Be sure to select all of
-    the elements in both lists. Note that any text in between the two lists
-    will also become part of the merged list.</li>
-  <li>Click the bulleted or numbered list button in the Format toolbar to
-    merge the lists.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color, Style, and
-  Font</h2>
-
-<p>To change the style, color, or font of selected text:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Select the text you want to format.</li>
-  <li>Open the Format menu and choose one of the following:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Font</strong>: Use this to choose a font. If you prefer to
-        use fonts specified by the reader&apos;s browser, select Variable
-        Width or Fixed Width.
-
-        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Not all fonts installed on your computer
-          appear. Instead of specifying a font that may not be available to all
-          who view your web page, it&apos;s generally best to select one of the
-          fonts provided in the menu since these fonts work on every computer.
-          For example, the fonts Helvetica, Arial, Times, and Courier generally
-          look the same when viewed on different computers. If you select a
-          different font, it may not look the same when viewed using a
-          different computer.</p>
-      </li>
-      <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to choose a <em>relative</em> font
-        size or select an option to increase or decrease text size (relative
-        to the surrounding text).</li>
-      <li><strong>Text Style</strong>: Use this to select a style, such as
-        italic, bold, or underline, or to apply a structured style, for
-        example, Code.</li>
-      <li><strong>Text Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color from the
-        color picker. If you are familiar with HTML hexadecimal color codes,
-        you can type a specific code or you can just type a color name (for
-        example, <q>blue</q>). You&apos;ll find the official W3C list of CSS
-        supported color names
-        <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#color-units">here</a>,
-        and another list of commonly supported color names 
-        <a href="http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_colornames.asp">here</a>.
-      </li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>To change the background color of the page:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click anywhere in the page.</li>
-  <li>Click the background color block in the Format toolbar.</li>
-  <li>Choose a background color from the Block Background Color dialog
-    box.</li>
-  <li>Click OK.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly change the color of text to the color
-  last used, select the text, then press Shift and click on the text color
-  block in the Format toolbar. This is useful when you want to use one
-  color for separate lines of text.</p>
-
-<p>You can also use an image as a background. See
-  <a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and
-  Backgrounds</a>.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or Discontinuing Text
-  Styles</h2>
-
-<p>To remove all text styles (bold, italic, and so on) from selected text:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Select the text.</li>
-  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove All Text Styles.</li>
-  <li>Continue typing.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>To continue typing text with all text styles removed:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Place the insertion point where you want to discontinue the text
-    styles.</li>
-  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Text Styles.</li>
-  <li>Continue typing.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing Text</h2>
-
-<p>To find text in the page you&apos;re currently working on:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your
-    search.</li>
-  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and
-    Replace dialog box.</li>
-  <li>Type the text you want to locate in the <q>Find what</q> field. To narrow
-    the search, check one or more of the following options:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether
-        the search is for case-sensitive text.</li>
-      <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the
-        page and then start again from the top or bottom, depending on whether
-        you are searching forward or backwards.</li>
-      <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search back from the
-        insertion point to the beginning of the page.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>Click Find Next to begin searching. When Composer locates the first
-    occurrence of the text, click Find Next to search for the next
-    occurrence.</li>
-  <li>Click Close when you are done.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>To find and replace text in the page you&apos;re currently working on:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your
-    search.</li>
-  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and
-    Replace dialog box.</li>
-  <li>Type the text you want to find and then type the replacement text.</li>
-  <li>To narrow the search, check one or more of the following options:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether
-        the search is for case-sensitive text. If you don&apos;t select this
-        option, the search will find matching text in both upper and lower
-        case.</li>
-      <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the
-        page and then start again from the top.</li>
-      <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search from the end
-        to the beginning of the page.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>Click Find Next to search for the next occurrence. Composer selects the
-    next occurrence of the text.</li>
-  <li>Click Replace to replace the selected text with the replacement text.
-    Click Replace and Find to replace the selected text and find the next
-    occurrence. Click Replace All to replace every occurrence in the document
-    with the replacement text.</li>
-  <li>Click Close when you are done.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal Lines</h2>
-
-<p>Horizontal lines are typically used to separate different sections of a
-  document visually. To insert a horizontal line (also called a <em>rule</em>)
-  in your page, begin from the Composer window:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the line to
-    appear.</li>
-  <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Horizontal Line.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<h3 id="setting_horizontal_line_properties">Setting Horizontal Line
-  Properties</h3>
-
-<p>You can customize a line&apos;s height, length, width, alignment, and
-  shading.</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Double-click the line to display the Horizontal Line Properties dialog
-    box.</li>
-  <li>Edit any of these properties:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Width</strong>: Enter the width and then choose <q>% of
-        window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage,
-        the line&apos;s width changes whenever the Composer window&apos;s
-        or browser window&apos;s width changes.</li>
-      <li><strong>Height</strong>: Type a number for the line&apos;s height
-        (in pixels).</li>
-      <li><strong>3-D Shading</strong>: Select this to add depth to the line
-        by adding a bevel shading.</li>
-      <li><strong>Alignment</strong>: Specify where you want to place the
-        line (left, center, or right).</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>Click Use as Default to use these settings as the default the next time
-    you insert a horizontal line.</li>
-  <li>To edit the properties of a horizontal line manually, click Advanced
-    Edit. See the section,
-    <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>,
-    for details.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can select <q>HTML Tags</q> from the View menu to
-  show all the HTML elements in yellow boxes. Click any yellow box to select
-  everything within that HTML tag or element. Double-click any yellow box to
-  display the
-  <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>
-  dialog box for that HTML tag or element.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special Characters</h2>
-
-<p>To insert special characters such as accent marks, copyrights, or currency
-  symbols:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the special character
-    to appear.</li>
-  <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Characters and Symbols. You see the
-    Insert Character dialog box.</li>
-  <li>Select a category of characters.
-    <ul>
-      <li>If you choose Accent Uppercase or Accent Lowercase, then open the
-        Letter drop-down list and select the letter you wish to apply an
-        accent to. (Note: not all letters have accented forms.) Select
-        Common Symbols to insert special characters such as copyright symbols
-        or fractions.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>From the Character drop-down list, select the character you want to
-    insert.</li>
-  <li>Click Insert. 
-
-    <p>You can continue typing in your document (or in a mail compose window)
-      while you keep this dialog box open, in case you want to use it
-      again.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li>Click Close when you are done inserting special characters.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML Elements and
-  Attributes</h2>
-
-<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can insert
-  additional tags, style attributes, and JavaScript into your page. If you are
-  not sure how to work with HTML source code, it&apos;s best not to change it.
-  To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, or
-    select the text you want to edit, and then open the Insert menu and choose
-    HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter HTML tags and text, and then
-    click Insert.</li>
-  <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or
-    horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties
-    dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property
-    Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes,
-    JavaScript, and CSS to objects.</li>
-  <li>Open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the &lt;HTML&gt;
-    Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the Composer window.
-    (If you don&apos;t see the Edit Mode toolbar, open the View menu and choose
-    Show/Hide; then make sure the Edit Mode Toolbar is checked.)</li>
-</ul>
-
-<h3 id="using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the Advanced Property
-  Editor</h3>
-
-<p>To add HTML attributes and JavaScript to objects such as tables, images,
-  and horizontal lines, you can use the Advanced Property Editor.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: Unless you clearly understand how to add, delete, or
-  modify HTML attributes and their associated values, it&apos;s best not to do
-  so.</p>
-
-<p>If you are not currently viewing the Advanced Property Editor dialog box,
-  follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>From the View menu (or the Edit Mode toolbar), choose HTML Tags.</li>
-  <li>Double-click the object that you want to modify to open its Properties
-    dialog box.</li>
-  <li>Click Advanced Edit to open the object&apos;s Advanced Property Editor.
-    The Advanced Property Editor has three tabs, each of which lists the
-    current properties for the selected object:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>HTML Attributes</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter
-        additional HTML attributes.</li>
-      <li><strong>Inline Style</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter
-        additional CSS (cascading style sheet) properties through the
-        &lt;style&gt; attribute. For more information on using CSS styles
-        in Composer, see
-        <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences -Composer</a>.</li>
-      <li><strong>JavaScript Events</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter
-        JavaScript events.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>To edit a property or attribute in any of the three lists, select the
-    attribute you want to edit. You can then edit the attribute&apos;s name
-    or value using the editable Attribute and Value fields at the bottom of
-    the dialog box. To add a new attribute, type it in the Attribute field
-    at the bottom of the dialog box. The new attribute is automatically added
-    when you click in the Value field. To remove an attribute, select it in
-    the list, and click Remove Attribute.
-
-    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Required attributes are highlighted in the
-      Attribute list.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li>Click OK to apply your changes to the Advanced Property Editor dialog
-    box.</li>
-  <li>Click OK again to exit the Properties dialog box.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>Composer automatically places quotation marks around any attribute text.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</h2>
-
-<p>Before you put your document on a web server so that others can see it, you
-  should first check the document&apos;s HTML formatting to make sure it
-  conforms to web standards. Documents containing validated HTML are less
-  likely to cause problems when viewed by different browsers. Just visually
-  checking your web pages in the browser doesn&apos;t ensure that your document
-  will appear correctly when viewed in other web browsers.</p>
-
-<p>Composer provides a convenient way for you to check that your document
-  conforms to W3C (World Wide Web Consortium) HTML standards. Composer uses
-  the W3C HTML Validation Service, which checks your document&apos;s HTML
-  syntax for compliance with HTML 4.01 standards. This service also provides
-  information on how to correct errors.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: You must be connected to the Internet to use this
-  feature.</p>
-
-<p>To validate your document&apos;s HTML syntax:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Validate HTML. If you have unsaved
-    changes, Composer asks you to save them before proceeding.</li>
-  <li>When the W3C HTML Validation Service page appears, click Browse and
-    locate the file on your hard disk that you want to validate.</li>
-  <li>Click <q>Validate this document</q>.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing Mode</h2>
-
-<p>Typically, you won&apos;t need to change the editing mode from the default
-  (Normal). However, if you want to work with the document&apos;s HTML source
-  code, you may want to change editing modes.</p>
-
-<p>Composer allows you to quickly switch between four editing modes or views.
-  Each editing mode allows you to continue working on your document, but
-  displays varying levels of HTML tags (and tag icons).</p>
-
-<p>Before you choose an editing mode:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then make sure there is a
-    checkmark next to Edit Mode Toolbar.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>The Edit Mode toolbar has four tabs:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Normal</strong>: Choose this editing mode to see how the document
-    will look online while you are creating it. Choose this mode to
-    show table borders and named anchor icons. All other HTML tag icons
-    are hidden.</li>
-  <li><strong>HTML Tags</strong>: Choose this mode to show all HTML tag
-    icons.</li>
-  <li><strong>&lt;HTML&gt; Source</strong>: Choose this mode to view and edit
-    the document as unformatted HTML source code. When you save the
-    document, the Normal mode reappears.</li>
-  <li><strong>Preview</strong>: Choose this mode to display and edit the
-    document exactly as it would appear in a browser window, except
-    that links and JavaScript functions will not be active.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: JavaScript functions, frames, links, Java,
-  embedded objects and animated GIF files are not active in any of
-  the editing modes. To display these items in their active
-  state, click the Browse button on the Composition toolbar to
-  load the page into a browser window.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h1 id="adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web Page</h1>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table&apos;s
-      Properties</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and
-      Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and
-      Deleting Tables</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a
-      Table</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h2 id="inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</h2>
-
-<p>Tables are useful for organizing text, pictures, and data into formatted
-  rows and columns. To insert a table:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the table to appear.</li>
-  <li>Click the Table button
-    <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the
-    Composition toolbar. The Insert Table dialog box appears.</li>
-  <li>Type the number of rows and columns you want.
-    <ul>
-      <li>(Optional) Enter a size for the table width, and select either
-        percentage of the window or pixels.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>Enter a number for the border thickness (in pixels); enter zero for no
-    border.
-  
-    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a red dotted line to indicate
-      tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page
-      is viewed in a browser.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li>To apply additional table attributes or JavaScript, click Advanced Edit
-    to display the
-    <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>.
-  </li>
-  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings and view your new table.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>To change additional properties for your new table, see
-  <a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table&apos;s
-  Properties</a>.
-</p>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a table within a table, open the
-  Insert menu and choose Table.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table&apos;s Properties</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to modify properties that apply to an entire
-  table as well as the rows, columns, or individual cells within a table. If
-  you are not currently viewing the Table Properties dialog box, follow these
-  steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Select the table, or click anywhere inside it.</li>
-  <li>Click the Table button
-    <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the
-    toolbar, or open the Table menu and choose Table Properties. The Table
-    Properties dialog box contains two tabs: Table and Cells.</li>
-  <li>Click the Table tab to edit these properties:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to specify the number of rows and
-        columns. Enter the width of the table and then choose <q>% of
-        window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage, the
-        table&apos;s width changes whenever the Composer window&apos;s or
-        browser window&apos;s width changes.</li>
-      <li><strong>Borders and Spacing</strong>: Use this to specify, in pixels,
-        the border line width, the space between cells, and the cell padding
-        (the space between the contents of the cell and its border).
-
-        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a dotted outline to display
-          tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page
-          is viewed in a browser.</p>
-      </li>
-      <li><strong>Table Alignment</strong>: Use this to align the table within
-        the page. Choose an option from the drop-down list.</li>
-      <li><strong>Caption</strong>: Choose the caption placement from the
-        drop-down list.</li>
-      <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color for
-        the table background, or leave it as transparent.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit
-    to display the <a href="#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Advanced
-    Property Editor</a>.
-  </li>
-  <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or
-    click OK to confirm them.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>To view, change, or add properties for one or more cells:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Select the row, column, or cell, then open the Table menu and choose
-    Table Properties. The Table Properties dialog box appears.</li>
-  <li>Click the Cells tab to edit the following properties:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Selection</strong>: Choose Cell, Row, or Column from the
-        drop-down list. Click Previous or Next to move through rows, columns,
-        or cells.</li>
-      <li><strong>Size</strong>: Type a number for Height and Width, and then
-        choose <q>% of table</q> or <q>pixels</q>.</li>
-      <li><strong>Content Alignment</strong>: Select a vertical and horizontal
-        alignment type for the text or data inside each cell.</li>
-      <li><strong>Cell Style</strong>: Select Header from the drop-down list
-        for column or row headers (which centers and bolds the text in the
-        cell); otherwise choose Normal.</li>
-      <li><strong>Text Wrap</strong>: Select <q>Don&apos;t wrap</q> from the
-        drop-down list to keep text from wrapping to the next line unless you
-        insert a paragraph break. Otherwise, choose Wrap.</li>
-      <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Select a color for the cell
-        background or leave it as transparent.
-
-        <p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript
-          events, click Advanced Edit to display the
-          <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property
-          Editor</a>
-        </p>
-      </li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or
-    click OK to confirm them.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the text color or background color of one
-  or more selected cells or the entire table, select the cells or click
-  anywhere in the table and then click the text color or background color
-  icon in the Format toolbar.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the color of cells to the color last used,
-  select the cell, then press Shift and click on the background color picker.
-  This is useful when you want to use one color for individual cells.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and Deleting Rows,
-  Columns, and Cells</h2>
-
-<p>Composer allows you to quickly add or delete one or more cells, columns,
-  or rows in a table. In addition, you can set options that allow you to
-  maintain the original rectangular structure or layout of the table while
-  you perform editing tasks.</p>
-
-<p>To add a cell, row, or column to your table:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click inside the table where you want to add a cell (or cells).</li>
-  <li>Open the Table menu and then choose Insert.</li>
-  <li>Choose one of the cell groupings. (You can also insert a new table
-    within a table cell.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>To delete a cell, row, or column:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click a row, column, or cell to place the insertion point. Or,
-    select neighboring cells to delete more than one row at a time. To
-    select neighboring cells, drag over the cells you want to select.
-    To select individual cells in a table, hold down the
-    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click
-    on the cells you want to select.</li>
-  <li>Open the Table menu and choose Delete.</li>
-  <li>Choose the item you want to delete.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>To join (or merge) a cell with the cell on its right:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Click inside the cell on the left, open the Table menu, and
-    choose Join with Cell to the Right.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>To join (or merge) adjacent cells:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Select adjacent cells by dragging over them.</li>
-  <li>Open the Table menu, and choose Join Selected Cells.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>To split a joined cell back into two or more cells:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Click inside the joined cell, open the Table menu, and then
-    choose Split Cell. Composer puts the entire contents of the joined
-    cell into the first of the two cells.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>Refer to <a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a>
-  for information on how to select non-adjacent cells, rows, and
-  columns.</p>
-
-<h3 id="changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior">Changing the Default Table
-  Editing Behavior</h3>
-
-<p>By default, when you delete one or more cells, Composer preserves the
-  table&apos;s structure by adding cells at the end of a row, wherever
-  needed. This allows you to delete one or more cells but still maintain
-  the table&apos;s original rectangular layout, or structure. Otherwise,
-  deleting cells can result in a table with empty spaces, or whose outline
-  appears irregular due to an uneven number of cells.</p>
-
-<p>To change the default table editing behavior, begin from the Composer
-  window:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Preferences, and then choose Composer.</li>
-  <li>Under Table Editing, set the following preference:
-    <ul>
-      <li>Make sure that <q>Maintain table layout when inserting or
-        deleting cells</q> is checked to ensure that you don&apos;t get an
-        irregularly shaped table.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>Click OK.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>See also <a href="#composer">Setting General Composer Preferences</a>.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</h2>
-
-<p>You can use one of two ways to quickly select a table, cell, or group of
-  cells:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Click in the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose
-    an item from the submenu. For example, to select a table, click anywhere
-    inside the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose
-    Table.</li>
-  <li>Or, you can use the mouse as a selection tool:
-    <ul>
-      <li>To select a group of adjacent cells: click in a cell, and then
-        drag to select the cells you want. Drag the mouse left or right to
-        select a row; up or down to select a column.</li>
-      <li>To select non-adjacent cells: press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd>
-        <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> and then click inside a cell. Keep
-        pressing <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>
-        as you click to select additional cells.</li>
-      <li>To extend a selection to include adjacent cells: click inside a
-        cell and then drag over additional cells to extend the selection.</li>
-      <li>To select one or more adjacent columns or rows: drag up or down
-        to select the first column or row, and then drag left or right to
-        select additional adjacent columns or rows. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>
-        and drag to the right to select an entire row. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>
-        and drag up or down to select an entire column.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and Deleting
-  Tables</h2>
-
-<p>To move a table:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click inside the table.</li>
-  <li>Open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose Table.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>To copy or move the table: Use the Edit menu&apos;s cut, copy, and
-    paste options.</li>
-  <li>To delete the table: Open the Table menu again, choose Delete, and
-    then choose Table.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a Table</h2>
-
-<p>To convert text into a table:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Select the text that you want to convert into a table. Keep in mind that
-    Composer creates a new table row for each paragraph in the selection.</li>
-  <li>Open the Table menu and choose Create Table from Selection. You see the
-    Convert to Table dialog box.</li>
-  <li>Choose the character Composer uses to separate the selection into
-    columns, or specify a different character to use. If you choose Space as
-    the separator for columns, choose whether or not you want Composer to
-    ignore multiple space and treat them as one space.</li>
-  <li>Leave <q>Delete separator character</q> checked to have Composer remove
-    the separator character when it converts the text into a table. If you
-    don&apos;t want Composer to delete the separator character, uncheck this
-    option.</li>
-  <li>Click OK.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: Text formatting is removed when the selected text
-  is converted to a table.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h1 id="adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to Your Web
-  Page</h1>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into
-      Your Page</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h2 id="inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into Your
-  Page</h2>
-
-<p>You can insert GIF, JPEG, BMP, and PNG (Portable Network Graphics) images
-  into your web page. You can also use them to
-  <a href="#using_images_as_links">create links</a>. When you insert an image,
-  Composer saves a reference to the image in your page.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you plan to publish your pages to the web,
-  it&apos;s best not to use BMP images in your pages.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It&apos;s best to first save or publish your page
-  before you insert images into it. This allows Composer to automatically
-  use relative references to images once you insert them.</p>
-
-<p>To insert an image:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the image to
-    appear.</li>
-  <li>Click the Image button
-    <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" />
-    on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Image. You see the
-    Image Properties dialog box.</li>
-  <li>Type the location and filename of the image file, or click Choose File
-    to search for an image file on your hard drive or network.</li>
-  <li>Type a simple description of your image as the alternate text that will
-    appear in text-only browsers (as well as other browsers) when an image is
-    loading or when image loading is disabled. 
-
-    <p>Alternatively, you can choose not to include alternate text.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li>If needed, click other tabs so you can adjust the settings (for
-    example, alignment) in the
-    <a href="#editing_image_properties">Image Properties</a> dialog box.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly insert an image: Drag and drop it onto
-  your page.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a line break after all images in a
-  paragraph, choose Break Below Images from the Insert menu.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</h2>
-
-<p>Once you&apos;ve inserted an image into your page, you can edit its
-  properties and customize the layout in your page, such as the height,
-  width, spacing, and text alignment. If you are not currently viewing
-  the Image Properties dialog box, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Double-click the image, or select it and click the Image button
-    <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" /> on the toolbar
-    to display the Image Properties dialog box.</li>
-  <li>Click the Location tab to edit these properties:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Image Location</strong>: Type the filename and location of
-        the image file. Click Choose File to search for an image file on your
-        hard drive or network.</li>
-      <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
-        Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
-        This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web
-        server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you
-        to keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other,
-        regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server.
-
-        <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full
-          (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to
-          images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard
-          disk).</p>
-
-        <p>If you have never saved or published the page, you must first save
-          the page in order to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not
-          available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message
-          compose window.)</p>
-      </li>
-      <li><strong>Attach this image to the message</strong>: If checked,
-        the image is attached to the message you are sending. If unchecked, a
-        link to the image location is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only
-        available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message
-        compose window.)</li>
-      <li><strong>Alternate Text</strong>: Enter text that will display in
-        place of the original image; for example, a caption or a brief
-        description of the image. It&apos;s a good practice to specify
-        alternate text for readers who use text-only web browsers or who have
-        image loading turned off.</li>
-      <li><strong>Don&apos;t use alternate text</strong>: Choose this option
-        if the image does not require alternate text or if you don&apos;t want
-        to include it.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>Click the Dimensions tab to edit these properties:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Actual Size</strong>: Select this option to undo any changes
-        you&apos;ve made to the dimensions and return the image to its original
-        size.</li>
-      <li><strong>Custom Size</strong>: Select this option and specify the new
-        height and width, in pixels or as a percentage. This setting
-        doesn&apos;t affect the original image file, just the image inserted
-        in your page.</li>
-      <li><strong>Constrain</strong>: If you change the image size, it&apos;s
-        a good idea to select this in order to maintain the image&apos;s aspect
-        ratio (so that it doesn&apos;t appear distorted). If you choose this
-        option, then you only need to change the height or width, but not
-        both.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>Click the Appearance Tab to edit these properties:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Spacing</strong>: Specify the amount of space surrounding
-        the image; between the image and adjoining text. You can also put a
-        solid black border around the image and specify its width in pixels.
-        Specify zero for no border.</li>
-      <li><strong>Align Text to Image</strong>: If you&apos;ve placed your
-        image next to any text, select an alignment icon to indicate how you
-        want text positioned relative to the image.</li>
-      <li><strong>Image Map</strong>: Click Remove to remove any image map
-        settings.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>Click the Link tab to edit these properties:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Enter a web page location</strong>: If you want to define
-        a link for this image, enter the URL of a remote or local page, or
-        select a named anchor or heading from the drop-down list. Click Choose
-        File to search for a file on your hard drive or network.</li>
-      <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
-        Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
-        This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web
-        server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to
-        keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other,
-        regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server.
-
-        <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full
-          (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to files
-          on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p>
-
-        <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order
-          to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open
-          the Image Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p>
-      </li>
-      <li><strong>Show border around linked image</strong>: If checked,
-        displays the link highlight color around the image.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit
-    to display the
-    <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>.
-  </li>
-  <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h1 id="setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</h1>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page
-      Properties and Meta Tags</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and
-      Backgrounds</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h2 id="setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page Properties and Meta
-  Tags</h2>
-
-<p>Use the Page Properties dialog box to enter properties such as the title,
-  author, and description of the document you&apos;re currently working on.
-  This information is useful if you plan to use the page on a website, since
-  search engines use this type of information to index your page. You can view
-  this information from the browser window by opening the View menu and
-  choosing Page Info.</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Title and Properties.</li>
-  <li>Edit any of the following properties:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Title</strong>: Type the text you want to appear as the
-        window title when someone views the page through a browser. This
-        is how most web search tools locate web pages, so choose a title
-        that conveys what your page is about.</li>
-      <li><strong>Author</strong>: Type the name of the person who created the
-        document. This information is helpful to readers who locate the
-        document by using a web search tool to search on name. 
-
-        <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter the Author name in
-          Composer&apos;s <a href="#new_page_settings">preferences</a>, then
-          you won&apos;t have to enter it each time you create a new page.</p>
-      </li>
-      <li><strong>Description</strong>: Enter a brief description of the
-        document&apos;s contents.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and
-  Backgrounds</h2>
-
-<p>You can change the background color or specify a background
-  image for the page you&apos;re currently working on. These choices
-  affect the way text and links in your page appear to people viewing
-  the page through a browser.</p>
-
-<p>To set the colors and background for the current page, begin
-  from the Composer window:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</li>
-  <li>Edit any of the following properties:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Reader&apos;s default colors</strong>: Select this if you
-        want your page to use the color settings from the viewer&apos;s browser
-        for text and links.</li>
-      <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you want to
-        specify the colors of text and links. For each element, select a color
-        from the Color selection dialog. Sample output for each type of link
-        appears in the pane on the right.</li>
-      <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Select this if you want the
-        background of your page to be an image. Type the name of the image
-        file or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard
-        drive or network. 
-
-        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override
-          background color selections.</p>
-      </li>
-      <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
-        Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
-        This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web
-        server so that others can view them. 
-
-        <p>Using relative URLs allows you to keep all your linked files in
-          the same place relative to each other, regardless of their location
-          on your hard disk or a web server.</p>
-
-        <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a
-          full (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking
-          to images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard
-          disk).</p>
-
-        <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in
-          order to enable this checkbox.</p>
-      </li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events,
-  click Advanced Edit to display the
-  <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property
-  Editor</a>.</p>
-
-<p>You can also set the <a href="#new_page_settings">default page
-  background and colors</a> for every new page you create in Composer.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h1 id="creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in Composer</h1>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within
-      the Same Page</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other
-      Pages</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing
-      Links</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h2 id="creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within the Same
-  Page</h2>
-
-<p>To create a link within the same page, for example a link that the reader
-  can use to jump from one section to another, you must create an
-  <em>anchor</em> (target location), and then create a link that points to the
-  anchor. Anchors are also called <em>named anchors</em>. To create an anchor,
-  follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point at the beginning of a line where you
-    want to create an anchor, or select some text.</li>
-  <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Named Anchor. You see the Named Anchor
-    Properties dialog box.</li>
-  <li>Type a unique name for the anchor in the Anchor Name field (up to 30
-    characters). If you include spaces, they will be converted to underscores
-    ( _ ). If you selected some text in step 1, this box already contains a
-    name.</li>
-  <li>Click OK. An anchor icon appears in your document to mark the
-    anchor&apos;s location:
-    <img src="images/anchor-in-doc.gif" width="20" height="17" alt="" /></li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>To create the link on which readers can click to jump to the object:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li>
-  <li>Click the Link button or open the Insert menu and choose Link. You see
-    the Link Properties dialog box.
-    <ul>
-      <li>If you&apos;re creating a link to an HTML file on your computer,
-        click Choose File to locate it.</li>
-      <li>If you&apos;re creating a link to a named anchor (target), select
-        it from the list of the anchors currently available in the page.</li>
-      <li>If you&apos;re creating a link to a level heading (for example,
-        Heading 1 - Heading 6), select it from the list of headings currently
-        available in the page.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>Click OK.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: To test the link you just created, open the File
-  menu and choose Browse Page, then click the link.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you did not first create named anchors, you can
-  use the Link dialog box to create links to headings that already occur in
-  the page.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other Pages</h2>
-
-<p>You can create links from your page to local pages on your own computer or
-  on your workplace&apos;s network, or to remote pages on the Internet.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It&apos;s best to first save or publish your page
-  before you create links to other pages. This allows Composer to automatically
-  use relative references for links once you create them.</p>
-
-<p>To create a link to another page:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to create a link, or
-    select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li>
-  <li>Click the Link button. You see the Link Properties dialog box.</li>
-  <li>Define your link:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Link text</strong>: If you&apos;ve already selected an image
-        file or text before clicking the Link button, the selected text or
-        file will be entered here. Otherwise, you must enter the text that you
-        want to use as the link.</li>
-      <li><strong>Link Location</strong>: Type the local path and filename or
-        remote URL of the page you want to link to. If you&apos;re not sure of
-        the path and filename for a local file, click Choose File to look for
-        it on your hard disk or network. For remote URLs, you can copy the URL
-        from the browser&apos;s Location Bar. Alternatively, you can select a
-        named anchor or a heading in the current page that you want to link
-        to.</li>
-      <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
-        Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
-        This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web
-        server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to
-        keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other,
-        regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server.
-
-        <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a full
-          (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to pages
-          on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p>
-
-        <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order
-          to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open
-          the Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p>
-      </li>
-      <li><strong>Attach the source of this link to the message</strong>: If
-        checked, the source of the specified link is added as an attachment to
-        the message you are sending. If unchecked, just a link to the location
-        is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only available if you open the
-        Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit
-    to display the
-    <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>.
-  </li>
-  <li>Click OK.</li>
-  <li>To test the link you just created, click the Browse button and then click
-    the link to make sure it works as expected.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can copy a link quickly by clicking and dragging
-  the link from another window and then dropping it onto your page. For
-  example, you can click and drag a link from a web page, bookmark, or Mail
-  window and drop it onto your page. You can also right-click<span class="mac">
-  or, if you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> a link on a
-  web page and choose Copy Link Location from the menu. Then you can paste the
-  link location into the Link Location field in the Link Properties dialog
-  box.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</h2>
-
-<p>You can make images, such as JPEG, GIF, or PNG files, behave like links in
-  your pages. When the reader clicks a linked image, the browser window
-  displays the page that the image is linked to.</p>
-
-<p>To make an image behaving like a link:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Select an image on your page.</li>
-  <li>Click the Link button
-    <img src="images/link.gif" width="22" height="20" alt="" />
-    on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Link.</li>
-  <li>Use the Link Properties dialog box to link the image to a
-    <a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">named anchor or heading
-    within the page</a>, or to a
-    <a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">separate local or remote page</a>.
-  </li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Drag and drop a linked image from the browser window
-  into a Composer window to copy both the image and the link.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: To remove the blue border on images used as links,
-  open the Link Properties dialog box, click the Link tab, and uncheck <q>Show
-  border around linked image</q>.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing Links</h2>
-
-<p>To remove a link:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Select the linked text (normally blue and underlined) or image.</li>
-  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove Links.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>To discontinue a link, so that text you type after the link is not included
-  as part of the link:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the link to end.</li>
-  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Link.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
- 
-<h1 id="publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on the Web</h1>
-
-<p>If your pages exist only on your local hard disk, you can browse your pages,
-  but no one else can. Composer lets you publish your pages to a remote
-  computer called a web server.</p>
-
-<p>When you publish your pages to a web server, Composer copies (uploads) your
-  pages to a computer that lets others browse your pages. Most ISPs provide
-  space on their web servers for web page publishing. To find a web server
-  where you can publish your pages, ask your ISP, help desk, or system
-  administrator.</p>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published
-      Document</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the
-      Filename or Publishing Location</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing
-      Site</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default
-      Publishing Site</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing
-      Site</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing
-      Problems</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h2 id="publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</h2>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It&apos;s best to first save or publish your page
-  before you insert links or images into it. This allows Composer to
-  automatically use relative references for links and images once you insert
-  them.</p>
-
-<p>To publish a document:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the HTML document that you want to publish, or create a new Composer
-    document.</li>
-  <li>When you&apos;re ready to publish the document remotely, click the
-    Publish button.
-
-    <p>If you have published this document before, Composer remembers the
-      document&apos;s publishing settings and starts publishing the document.
-      While publishing is in progress, Composer displays a publishing status
-      dialog box.</p>
-    <ul>
-      <li>If you have never published this document before, Composer displays
-        the Settings tab in the Publish Page dialog box so you can enter
-        information about the document&apos;s remote publishing location. See
-        <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more
-        information. When you&apos;re done entering information, click Publish.
-      </li>
-      <li>If you have never saved the document, Composer displays the Publish
-        tab in the Publish Page dialog box, so you can enter the
-        document&apos;s filename. See
-        <a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a> for more
-        information. After entering the filename, click Publish.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>To browse your published page, click the Browse button. Test the
-    page&apos;s links and make sure there are no missing images.</li>
-  <li>Continue editing the page as necessary. When you&apos;re ready to update
-    the remote page with your changes, click the Publish button.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>When you publish a document for the first time, Composer changes the
-  document&apos;s <tt>file:///</tt> URL to an <tt>http://</tt> URL to indicate
-  that you are now editing the published document. If you want to save the
-  document locally (on your computer&apos;s hard disk), click the Save button.
-  You&apos;ll be prompted to choose a filename and location on your hard disk
-  for the document.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images">Tips for Avoiding
-  Broken Links or Missing Images</h3>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Make sure your Composer filenames end with the .html or .htm file
-    extension. Make sure your image filenames end with the .JPG, .GIF, or .PNG
-    file extension. Don&apos;t use spaces or other special symbols in your
-    filenames. Keep your filenames short and only use lowercase or uppercase
-    letters and numbers.</li>
-  <li>If your images appear as broken links when you browse a document on the
-    web server, you may have forgotten to include the images when you
-    published. Open the File menu, and choose Publish As to display the Publish
-    Page dialog box. In the Publish tab, make sure you check <q>Include images
-    and other files</q> and then click Publish.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>For more troubleshooting tips, see
-  <a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing
-  Problems</a>.
-</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published Document</h2>
-
-<p>To update a published document:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then
-    select the document from the list. <p>Alternatively, browse to the location
-    of the document you want to update by entering the document&apos;s HTTP
-    address (the document&apos;s web address) in the browser&apos;s
-    Location Bar.</p></li>
-  <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li>
-  <li>When you&apos;re ready to update the remote page with your changes, click
-    Publish in Composer&apos;s toolbar.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To delete a page or image you&apos;ve published on a
-  web server, you must use an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP (File Transfer
-  Protocol)</a> program. You also must use an FTP program if you want to create
-  subdirectories or to rename files on the web server. Ask your service
-  provider if they recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find
-  information on FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service
-  provider&apos;s website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites
-  such as ZDNet Downloads.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename or
-  Publishing Location</h2>
-
-<p>To change a document&apos;s filename or publishing location:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then
-    select the document from the list.
-
-    <p>Alternatively, browse to the location of the document you want to update
-      by entering the document&apos;s HTTP address (the document&apos;s web
-      address) in the browser&apos;s Location Bar.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li>
-  <li>Open Composer&apos;s File menu and choose Publish As. Composer displays
-    the Publish tab in the Publish Page dialog box.</li>
-  <li>Enter a different page title, if necessary.</li>
-  <li>Enter a different filename for the page, if necessary.</li>
-  <li>From the Site Name list, choose the publishing location you want to use.
-    To set up a new publishing location, click New Site. See
-    <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more
-    information.</li>
-  <li>Click Publish to save the document to the new location.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing Site</h2>
-
-<p>If you plan to publish documents to more than one remote location, you can
-  set up Composer to save the publishing information for each remote site you
-  use, so that you don&apos;t have to enter it each time you want to
-  publish.</p>
-
-<p>To create a new publishing site, begin from a Composer window:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer
-    displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
-  <li>Click New Site.</li>
-  <li>For <q>Site Name</q>, enter the nickname by which you want to refer to
-    this publishing site. 
-
-    <p>For example, if you will use the new site to publish documents
-      related to the <q>Meteor</q> project, you might want to use the site
-      name <q>Meteor</q>. Site names remind you about the types of documents
-      you publish at each site.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li>For <q>Publishing address</q>, enter the complete URL provided to
-    you by your ISP, system administrator, or web hosting service. This
-    URL must begin with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. 
-
-    <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are
-      published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter,
-      ask your ISP or system administrator.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li>For <q>HTTP address of your home page</q>, enter the complete URL
-    that you would enter in the browser to view pages at this
-    site. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as part of the URL.
-
-    <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases,
-      this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure
-      what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave
-      it blank.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li>For <q>user name</q>, enter the user name you use to log in to your ISP
-    or web hosting service.</li>
-  <li>For <q>password</q>, enter the password for your user name.</li>
-  <li>Select <q>Save Password</q> to save your password securely using
-    Password Manager so that you don&apos;t have to enter it each time you
-    publish pages at this site.</li>
-  <li>Click OK.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default Publishing
-  Site</h2>
-
-<p>If you have set up more than one publishing site, but you typically use
-  only one site for most of your publishing needs, you can designate the site
-  you use most often as the default publishing site. Composer will use the
-  default publishing site for all documents that you publish, unless you
-  specifically choose an alternate site.</p>
-
-<p>Regardless of how many sites you&apos;ve set up, you can always publish a
-  document to a different site by choosing Publish As from Composer&apos;s
-  File menu. See
-  <a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename
-  or Publishing Location</a> for more information.</p>
-
-<p>To choose the default publishing site, begin from a Composer
-  window:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings.
-    Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
-  <li>Select a publishing site from the list. 
-
-    <p>If you only have one publishing site set up, Composer uses that
-      one as the default site.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li>Click Set as Default.</li>
-  <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing Site</h2>
-
-<p>Deleting a publishing site removes the site&apos;s settings from Composer.
-  If you later wish to publish to the site, you must re-enter the site&apos;s
-  settings.</p>
-
-<p>To delete a publishing site&apos;s settings, begin from a Composer
-  window:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer
-    displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
-  <li>Select a publishing site from the list.</li>
-  <li>Click Remove Site.
-
-    <p>Composer only removes the site&apos;s settings; the remote site itself
-      is not affected.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing
-  Problems</h2>
-
-<p>If one or more of your files fail to publish, the Publishing
-  Status dialog box displays an error message that can help you
-  determine what went wrong and how to fix it.</p>
-
-<p>If you are still unable to publish a file, save the file to your
-  hard disk by opening Composer&apos;s File menu, and choosing Save. You
-  can then open the file at a later time to try to publish it. To
-  quickly locate the file later, open Composer&apos;s File menu, and
-  choose Recent Pages.</p>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing
-      Settings</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h3 id="verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing
-  Settings</h3>
-
-<p>To verify your publishing settings:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Close the Publishing Status dialog box, if it is open.</li>
-  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings.</li>
-  <li>In the Publish Settings dialog box, confirm that the site settings are
-    correct for the site you are trying to publish to. If you&apos;re not
-    sure, check with your ISP or web hosting service.
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Verify that you correctly entered the publishing
-        settings</strong>: You may have accidentally mis-typed one of the
-        settings.</li>
-      <li><strong>Verify that you entered the correct publishing
-        address</strong>: Web hosting services or ISPs may refer to the
-        publishing address as the <q>server name</q>, the <q>hostname</q>, or
-        the <q>server/host</q>. They often specify the publishing location as
-        <tt>ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>, where <tt>username</tt> is your
-        user name. 
-
-        <p>For the publishing address to be correct, you must precede the
-          publishing location with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>.
-          For example, the correct publishing address for the above-mentioned
-          site would be <tt>ftp://ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>.</p>
-      </li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ol>
-
-<h3 id="checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</h3>
-
-<p>Examine the names of any files that failed to publish. Make sure that the
-  filenames:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Use only numbers or lowercase or uppercase letters. While it&apos;s
-    acceptable to create filenames that use uppercase letters, you can avoid
-    potential errors in later locating the published file if you only use
-    lowercase letters in your filenames. 
-
-    <p>When you publish files to a web server, filenames become
-      case-sensitive on the web server. It may be harder for you to remember
-      files names that use only uppercase letters or that use a mix of
-      uppercase and lowercase letters.</p>
-
-    <p>For example, when you try to locate a published file by typing the
-      filename&apos;s web address into the browser&apos;s Location Bar, you
-      must enter the filename exactly as you created it, using the same
-      combination of uppercase and lowercase letters.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li>Don&apos;t use punctuation characters or spaces. Underscores ( _ )
-    or hyphens ( - ) are OK.</li>
-  <li>End with .html or .htm (for Composer filenames).</li>
-  <li>Use less than 32 characters.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<h3 id="fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</h3>
-
-<p>If one or more of your files fails to publish, look at the messages 
-  Composer displays in the Publishing Status area of the Publishing dialog box.
-  You can use these error messages to help determine what went wrong and what
-  to do to fix the problem.</p>
-
-<div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
-  <p>Error Messages:</p>
-  <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt></a></p>
-  <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to
-    publish.</tt></a></p>
-  <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var>
-    doesn&apos;t exist on this site or the filename <var>filename</var> is
-    already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p>
-  <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is
-    already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p>
-  <p><a href="#server_not_found"><tt>The server is not available. Check your
-    connection and try again later.</tt></a></p>
-  <p><a href="#no_permission"><tt>You do not have permission to publish to this
-    location.</tt></a></p>
-  <p><a href="#offline_error"><tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon
-    near the lower-right corner of any window to go online.</tt></a></p>
-  <p><a href="#no_disk_space"><tt>There is not enough disk space available to
-    save the file <var>filename</var>.</tt></a></p>
-  <p><a href="#name_too_long"><tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too
-    long.</tt></a></p>
-</div>
-
-<div class="errorMessage">
-  <p id="file_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
-
-  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
-    <tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt> 
-    <p>or</p>
-    <tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to publish.</tt>
-  </div>
-
-  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: One or more image files or CSS files
-    failed to publish because Composer could not find them. Some typical
-    reasons might be:</p>
-
-  <ul>
-    <li>The file location you typed is incorrect.</li>
-    <li>The file&apos;s location on the web is not accessible.</li>
-    <li>The file&apos;s location was changed or the file was deleted or
-      moved to another location.</li>
-  </ul>
-
-  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
-
-  <ul>
-    <li>Look for broken images in the page you are trying to publish. Broken
-      images will appear with this icon
-      <img src="images/broken.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" /> in the
-      page. To correct the image&apos;s address, double-click the broken
-      image to display the Image Properties dialog box so you can enter the
-      correct address.</li>
-    <li>Remove the broken image from the page by selecting it (click once on
-      the image), and then pressing <kbd>Backspace</kbd> or <kbd>Delete</kbd>
-      on your keyboard.</li>
-    <li>If the image is unavailable because the server where the image resides
-      is inaccessible, try publishing the page at a later time.</li>
-    <li>If the missing file is a CSS file, you must first verify the correct
-      location of the CSS file. To fix the file&apos;s address in Composer,
-      click the HTML Source tab and edit the file&apos;s location in the HTML
-      source code. You should only edit the HTML source if you are familiar
-      with HTML tags.</li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<div class="errorMessage">
-  <p id="subdir_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
-
-  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
-    <tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var> doesn&apos;t exist on this
-      site or the filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another
-      subdirectory</tt>
-    <p>or</p>
-    <tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another
-      subdirectory</tt>
-  </div>
-
-  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You specified the name of a remote
-    subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing site. Composer can only
-    publish to a remote subdirectory that already exists at the publishing
-    location. Or, you specified a filename that is identical to the name of an
-    existing subdirectory at the publishing site.</p>
-
-  <p>For example, in the Publish Page dialog box, under the Publish tab:</p>
-
-  <ul>
-    <li>for <q>Site subdirectory for this page</q>, you may have typed the name
-      of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing location.</li>
-    <li>you checked <q>Include images and other files</q>, and then you typed
-      the name of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing
-      location.</li>
-    <li>one of the files you are attempting to publish has the same name as a
-      subdirectory at the publishing site.</li>
-  </ul>
-
-  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
-
-  <ul>
-    <li>Use a separate FTP program if you want to create, rename, or delete
-      subdirectories at the publishing site. Ask your service provider if they
-      recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find information on
-      FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service
-      provider&apos;s website. FTP programs are also available from shareware
-      sites such as ZDNet Downloads.</li>
-    <li>Don&apos;t use subdirectory names that end with <q>.html</q> or
-      <q>.htm</q>. Only your Composer filenames should end with <q>.html</q>
-      or <q>.htm</q>.</li>
-    <li>Subdirectory names are case-sensitive, so be sure to enter a
-      subdirectory name exactly as it appears at the publishing location.</li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<div class="errorMessage">
-  <p id="server_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
-
-  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
-    <tt>The server is not available. Check your connection and try again
-      later.</tt>
-  </div>
-
-  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: This error can have many causes. For
-    example:</p>
-
-  <ul>
-    <li>Your publishing site settings may not be correct.</li>
-    <li>Your Internet connection may have been lost.</li>
-    <li>Your modem or other equipment that you use to connect to the Internet
-      might not be functioning correctly.</li>
-    <li>The web server that you are trying to publish to might be unavailable
-      due to a technical problem or to an unknown circumstance.</li>
-    <li>Your ISP or web hosting service may be experiencing technical
-      problems.</li>
-  </ul>
-
-  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
-
-  <ul>
-    <li>Verify that your publishing settings are correct and that you entered
-      them correctly. See
-      <a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing
-      Settings</a> for more information.</li>
-    <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a
-      web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can
-      successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li>
-    <li>If your Internet connection is not working, verify that all hardware,
-      telephone connections, modems, and network connections are functioning
-      properly.</li>
-    <li>Use the browser to try to view a page at the website you are
-      attempting to publish to. If you can successfully view other websites but
-      cannot view a page at the publishing site, your ISP or web hosting
-      service may be experiencing technical problems.</li>
-    <li>Try publishing again later. Your ISP, web hosting service, or the web
-      server may be experiencing temporary technical difficulties.</li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<div class="errorMessage">
-  <p id="no_permission"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
-
-  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
-    <tt>You do not have permission to publish to this location.</tt>
-  </div>
-
-  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish to a
-    location that you are not authorized to use. You can only publish to sites
-    where you have been granted access by your ISP or web hosting service.</p>
-
-  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
-
-  <ul>
-    <li>Verify that you entered the correct user name and password in the
-      Publishing Site Settings dialog box, or in the Publish tab of the
-      Publish dialog box.</li>
-    <li>Contact your ISP to find out where you can publish your pages at their
-      site.</li>
-    <li>Find a web hosting service that you can use to publish your pages. In
-      the browser, search for <q>web hosting</q>.</li>
-    <li>Use Netscape My Webpage <a href="http://mywebpage.netscape.com/">
-      <tt>http://mywebpage.netscape.com/</tt></a> to host your web pages, up
-      to 20 megabytes for free.</li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<div class="errorMessage">
-  <p id="offline_error"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
-
-  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
-    <tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon near the lower-right corner
-      of any window to go online.</tt>
-  </div>
-
-  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish, but
-    your &brandShortName; Internet connection is currently in the
-    <q>offline</q> state. Your Internet connection must be in the <q>online</q>
-    state (connected to the Internet) in order to publish your pages.</p>
-
-  <p>Verify that your Internet connection is currently offline by looking at
-    the online/offline icon in the lower right corner of any &brandShortName;
-    window. If you are currently offline, the icon appears as
-    <img src="images/offline.png" width="32" height="21" alt="" />.</p>
-
-  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
-
-  <ul>
-    <li>Click the online/offline icon to go online. In the online state, the
-      icon should look like this:
-      <img src="images/online.png" width="32" height="20" alt="" />.</li>
-    <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a
-      web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can
-      successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<div class="errorMessage">
-  <p id="no_disk_space"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
-
-  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
-    <tt>There is not enough disk space available to save the file
-      <var>filename</var>.</tt>
-  </div>
-
-  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The remote web server&apos;s hard
-    disk is full, or you may have exceeded the amount of disk space allocated
-    to you by your ISP or web hosting service.</p>
-
-  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
-
-  <ul>
-    <li>Use a separate FTP program to delete unnecessary files at your
-      publishing site. Ask your service provider if they recommend a
-      particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP programs
-      in the Help or Support sections of your service provider&apos;s website.
-      FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such as ZDNet
-      Downloads.</li>
-    <li>Find out from your ISP or web hosting service about increasing your
-      disk space allocation, or switch to a different service that can satisfy
-      your needs.</li>
-    <li>If the web server is located at your company or school, contact the
-      network administrator to find out if you can publish to a different
-      location that has more disk space, or if you can request that
-      additional disk space be allocated to your current publishing
-      location.</li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<div class="errorMessage">
-  <p id="name_too_long"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
-
-  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
-    <tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too long.</tt>
-  </div>
-
-  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The number of characters in the
-    filename or the subdirectory name is not supported by the web server
-    computer that you are trying to publish to.</p>
-
-  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
-
-  <ul>
-    <li>Limit the length of your filenames and subdirectory names to less than
-      32 characters. Some operating systems do not support names longer than 32
-      characters.</li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes Composer&apos;s publishing settings. For
-  information on Composer&apos;s general and new page settings, see
-  <a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a>.</p>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#publish_settings">Publish Settings</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h3 id="publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</h3>
-
-<p>The Publish Page - Publish tab lets you specify where you want
-  to publish a document. These settings apply to the current
-  document.</p>
-
-<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Publish tab,
-  follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page
-    dialog box appears.</li>
-  <li>Click the Publish tab.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Lists all the publishing sites you&apos;ve
-    created, so you can choose the site that you want to publish to. To
-    create a new site, click New Site.</li>
-  <li><strong>Page Title</strong>: Specifies the document&apos;s page title as
-    it appears in the browser window&apos;s title bar when you view the page in
-    the browser. The document&apos;s page title also appears in your list of
-    bookmarks if you bookmark the page.</li>
-  <li><strong>Filename</strong>: Specifies the document&apos;s filename. Make
-    sure you include the .html or .htm extension in the filename.
-
-    <p><strong>Warning</strong>: If a file on the remote site you&apos;re
-      publishing to has the same filename as one you&apos;re uploading, the
-      newly uploaded file will replace the existing one. You will not be
-      asked to confirm the action.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Site subdirectory for this page</strong>: If you leave this
-    blank, Composer publishes the page to the main (root) publishing
-    directory at this site. If you want to publish the page to a remote
-    subdirectory that resides underneath the main publishing directory
-    at this site, enter the name of the subdirectory or choose it from
-    the list. Composer keeps track of the locations you type here, so
-    you can select from a list of remote locations you&apos;ve previously
-    used. Keep in mind that subdirectory names are case-sensitive.
-
-    <p><strong>Note</strong>: The site subdirectory you choose must
-      already exist at the remote server.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Include images and other files</strong>: If checked,
-    Composer publishes any images and other files referenced by this
-    page. You can choose to publish these files to the same location as
-    the page, or else you can choose to publish these files into a
-    remote subdirectory that exists underneath the main publishing
-    directory.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To create remote subdirectories or delete
-  published pages or images, you must use an FTP (File Transfer
-  Protocol) program. Ask your service provider if they recommend a
-  particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP
-  programs in the Help or Support sections of your service provider&apos;s
-  website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such
-  as ZDNet Downloads.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</h3>
-
-<p>The Publish Page - Settings tab lets you specify your login information for
-  the remote publishing site, as well as the publishing settings for the remote
-  site. These settings apply to the current document and any other files you
-  publish to this location.</p>
-
-<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Settings tab, follow
-  these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page dialog box
-    appears.</li>
-  <li>Click the Settings tab.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the nickname you want to use for
-    this publishing site. Enter a short name that will help you identify this
-    publishing site.</li>
-  <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided
-    to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin with
-    either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. This name is often referred to
-    as the <q>host name</q> or the <q>host server name</q>.
-
-    <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are
-      published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter,
-      ask your ISP or system administrator.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>HTTP address of your home page</strong>: Specifies the complete
-    address of your publishing home directory. This is the web address of the
-    home page at your website. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as
-    part of the URL.
-
-    <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, this
-      URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure what to
-      enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave it blank.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log into
-    your ISP or network.</li>
-  <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user
-    name.</li>
-  <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to encrypt and save your
-    password securely using Password Manager so that you don&apos;t have to
-    enter it each time you publish pages at this site.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="publish_settings">Publish Settings</h3>
-
-<p>The Publish Settings dialog box lets you create, edit, and
-  delete publishing site settings, and also lets you set the default
-  publishing site.</p>
-
-<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Settings dialog box,
-  follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings.
-    Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>New Site</strong>: Lets you specify settings for a new publishing
-    site. Composer adds the name of the new publishing site to the list
-    of available publishing sites.</li>
-  <li><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Sets the selected publishing site as the
-    default publishing site. Typically, the default publishing site is
-    the remote location that you most often use for publishing
-    documents. All documents you create or edit will be published to
-    the default publishing site, unless you specifically choose an
-    alternate site in the Publish Page dialog box.
-
-    <p>To publish a document to a different remote location, open the
-      File menu and choose Publish As to choose a different publishing
-      destination.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Remove Site</strong>: Removes the selected site and its settings
-    from Composer.</li>
-  <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the name by which you want to refer
-    to this publishing site.</li>
-  <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided
-    to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin
-    with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>.
-
-    <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents
-      are published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to
-      enter, ask your ISP or system administrator.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>HTTP address of your homepage</strong>: Specifies the HTTP
-    address of your publishing home directory. Do not include a
-    filename or subdirectory as part of the URL.
-
-    <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases,
-      this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure
-      what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave
-      it blank.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log in to
-    your ISP or network.</li>
-  <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user
-    name.</li>
-  <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to save your
-    password securely using Password Manager so you don&apos;t have to enter
-    it each time you publish pages at this site.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h1 id="composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</h1>
-
-<p>This section describes the settings in the Composer preferences panel. If
-  you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Double-click the Composer category to expand the list.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>For information on Composer&apos;s publishing settings, see
-  <a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a>.</p>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#composer">Composer</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#new_page_settings">New Page Settings</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h2 id="composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</h2>
-
-<p>Composer preferences allow you to specify settings for saving files and for
-  table editing. These settings apply to every document you create.</p>
-
-<p>If you are not already viewing the Composer preferences, follow these
-  steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Click the Composer category.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Maximum number of pages listed</strong>: Specify the maximum
-    number of pages that are listed under Recent Pages in the File menu.</li>
-  <li><strong>Preserve original source formatting</strong>: Select this if you
-    want to preserve the original white space (extra lines, tabs, etc.) in the
-    HTML source code. Deselect this if you prefer Composer to indent and add
-    linebreaks to the code in order to make it more readable. <em>This
-    preference does not affect how your pages appear in a browser
-    window.</em></li>
-  <li><strong>Save images and other associated files when saving
-    pages</strong>: If checked, all images, JavaScript (JS), Cascading Style
-    Sheet (CSS), and other associated files are saved in the same location as
-    the document when the document is saved for the first time or when the
-    document is saved to a new location. If unchecked, only the HTML file is
-    saved.
-
-    <p>For example, when editing a remote page, this setting ensures that all
-      related files associated with the remote page will be saved locally when
-      you save the page to your hard disk.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Always show Publish dialog when publishing pages</strong>: If
-    checked, Composer always displays the Publish Page dialog box when you
-    click the Publish button or choose Publish from the File menu. If not
-    checked, Composer only displays the Publish Page dialog box if it needs
-    more information in order to publish the page.</li>
-  <li><strong>Maintain table layout when inserting or deleting cells</strong>:
-    Select this if you want Composer to always preserve the table&apos;s
-    layout (that is, keep it in a rectangular shape) by adding cells where
-    needed. If you deselect this option, when you delete one or more cells,
-    Composer removes the cell border as well, which can result in a table with
-    empty spaces, or an outline that appears irregular due to an uneven number
-    of cells.</li>
-  <li><strong>Use CSS styles instead of HTML elements and attributes</strong>:
-    Enables the use of Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) formatting in your Composer
-    documents. With this preference enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01
-    formatting with CSS inline styles for elements.
-
-    <p>If this preference is not enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01
-      formatting, but does not use CSS styles.</p>
-
-    <p>Compared to HTML, HTML with CSS formatting is more portable, more
-      maintainable, and more compatible when viewed with different browsers.
-      If you enable this preference and then edit a document created without
-      CSS, Composer replaces the edited elements with CSS styles.</p>
-
-    <p>If you enable CSS styles, you can choose a text highlight color for
-      selected text using the text highlight color button on the Format
-      toolbar. You can also choose a color background for any element on the
-      page. (These features are not available if this preference is not
-      enabled.)</p>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong><kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in a
-     paragraph always creates a new paragraph</strong>: If selected, a new
-     paragraph will be added everytime you press the <kbd class="mac">Return
-     </kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key inside a paragraph. If
-     deselected, a linebreak will be added when you press the <kbd
-     class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="new_page_settings">Composer Preferences - New Page Settings</h2>
-
-<p>New page preferences allow you to specify settings for colors and
-  background images that apply to every document you create.</p>
-
-<p>If you are not already viewing the New Page Settings, follow these
-  steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Double-click the Composer category and click New Page Settings.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Author</strong>: Enter your name. This will add your name to the
-    HTML source code for each new page you create.</li>
-  <li><strong>Reader&apos;s default colors</strong>: Select this if you always
-    want your pages to use the color settings from the viewer&apos;s browser
-    for text and link elements.</li>
-  <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you always want to
-    specify the colors that are applied to text and link elements. Then for
-    each element, select a color by clicking the color button next to each
-    element.</li>
-  <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Type the location and name of an image
-    file, or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard disk or
-    network. 
-
-    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override
-      background color.</p>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>To change the author name for an individual page: Open the Format menu and
-  choose Page Title and Properties.</p>
-
-<p>To change the page colors and background image for an individual page: Open
-  the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<p>&copyright.string;</p>
-
-</body>
-</html>
deleted file mode 100644
--- a/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,499 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
-  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
-  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
-  %brandDTD;
-]>
-
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
-<head>
-<title>&brandShortName; Advanced Preferences Help</title>
-<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
-  type="text/css"/>
-</head>
-<body>
-
-<h1 id="advanced_preferences">Advanced Preferences</h1>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Advanced preferences panel. If you are
-  not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Click the Advanced category.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#advanced">Advanced</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#scripts_and_plugins">Scripts &amp; Plugins</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#keyboard_navigation">Keyboard Navigation</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#cache">Cache</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#proxies">Proxies</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#http_networking">HTTP Networking</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#software_installation">Software Installation</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#mouse_wheel">Mouse Wheel</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#dom_inspector">DOM Inspector</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h2 id="advanced">Advanced Preferences - Advanced</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the main Advanced preferences panel. If
-  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Click the Advanced category.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The main Advanced preferences panel allows you to enable or disable
-  Java:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Enable Java</strong>: Select this to allow &brandShortName; to
-    interpret pages containing Java. Java is used on some Web page to
-    incorporate interactive and multimedia content.</li>
-  <li class="unix"><strong>Use Preferences from System</strong>: Select this to
-    use the already set system preferences, overriding &brandShortName;&apos;
-    ones.
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="scripts_and_plugins">Advanced Preferences - Scripts &amp;
-  Plugins</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Scripts &amp; Plugins preferences
-  panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts &amp; Plugins. (If no
-    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Scripts &amp; Plugins preferences panel allows you to control how
-  JavaScript and plugins are used:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Enable JavaScript for</strong>: Select these checkboxes to turn
-    JavaScript on:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Browser</strong>: Toggles JavaScript for web pages opened
-        in the browser.</li>
-      <li><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups</strong>: Toggles JavaScript for web
-        pages opened in Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Allow scripts to</strong>: Select these checkboxes to control
-    how JavaScript can be used:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Move or resize existing windows</strong>: Allows open windows
-        to be resized or moved.</li>
-      <li><strong>Raise or lower windows</strong>: Allows windows to be placed
-        under or on top of other windows.</li>
-      <li><strong>Hide the status bar</strong>: Allows the status bar to be
-        hidden.</li>
-      <li><strong>Change status bar text</strong>: Allows status bar text to be
-        changed, such as in scrolling text in the status bar.</li>
-      <li><strong>Change images</strong>: Allows images to be changed or
-        animated, such as in image rollovers (images that change when the mouse
-        cursor is placed over them).</li>
-      <li><strong>Disable or replace context menus</strong>: Allows right-click
-        menus<span class="mac"> or, if you&apos;re using a one-button mouse,
-        <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click menus</span> to be replaced or disabled by
-        webpages.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Enable Plugins for</strong>: Check this checkbox to control how
-    plugins are used:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups</strong>: Allows plugins to be used in
-        Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>For more information about plugins, see
-  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>.
-</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="keyboard_navigation">Advanced Preferences - Keyboard Navigation</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Keyboard Navigation preferences
-  panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Keyboard Navigation. (If no
-    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Keyboard Navigation preferences panel allows you to control how you use
-  the keyboard to <span class="noMac">navigate and </span>search for text in
-  web pages:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li class="noMac"><strong>Links</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd>
-    or <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between links.</li>
-  <li class="noMac"><strong>Buttons, radio buttons, check boxes, and selection
-    lists</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd> or
-    <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between buttons, radio buttons, check
-    boxes, and selection lists.</li>
-  <li><strong>Find automatically when typing within a web page</strong>: If
-    checked, typing text in a web page automatically activates Find As You Type
-    and locates the text you typed (if it exists in the page). Choose whether
-    you want typing to find any text in the page or links only. If unchecked,
-    you must choose Find Links As You Type or Find Text As You Type from the
-    Edit menu before typing the text you want to find.</li>
-  <li><strong>Play a sound when typed text isn&apos;t found</strong>: If
-    checked, Find As You Type plays a sound when the typed text isn&apos;t
-    found in the web page.</li>
-  <li><strong>Clear the current search after a few seconds of
-    inactivity</strong>: If checked, cancels the search after a few seconds of
-    keyboard inactivity.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="cache">Advanced Preferences - Cache</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Cache preferences panel. If
-  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are
-    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Cache preferences panel allows you to adjust the &brandShortName; memory
-  and disk cache:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Size</strong>: Type in the amount of disk cache you want to
-    allocate for &brandShortName;. Disk cache is saved to your hard disk
-    (drive) and can be used again even if you have turned your computer
-    off.</li>
-  <li><strong>Clear Cache</strong>: Click this to clear the disk cache.</li>
-  <li><strong>Cache Folder</strong>: Shows the current location of the disk
-    cache folder 
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Choose Folder</strong>: Click this to choose a folder
-        location for the disk cache.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Compare the page in the cache to the page on the
-    network</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Every time I view the page</strong>: Select this if you want
-        &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache every time you view
-        it.</li>
-      <li><strong>When the page is out of date</strong>: Select this if you
-        want &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache when the page
-        is determined by the server to have expired.</li>
-      <li><strong>Once per session</strong>: Select this if you want
-        &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache once for each time
-        you start &brandShortName;.</li>
-      <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want
-        &brandShortName; to compare cached information to the network.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Prefetch web pages when idle, so that links in web pages
-    designed for prefetching can load faster</strong>: Select this to decrease
-    the time it takes to load web pages when you click a link in a web page
-    that uses prefetching. For more information about Link Prefetching, see the
-    online
-    <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/netlib/Link_Prefetching_FAQ.html">Link
-    Prefetching FAQ</a>.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="proxies">Advanced Preferences - Proxies</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Proxies preferences panel. If
-  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Proxies. (If no subcategories are
-    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Proxies preferences panel allows you to set up &brandShortName; to use a
-  <a href="glossary.xhtml#proxy">proxy</a>:</p>
-
-<p><strong>Before you start</strong>: Ask your network administrator if you
-  have a proxy configuration file or for the names and port numbers of the
-  proxy.</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Direct connection to the Internet</strong>: Choose this if you
-    don&apos;t want to use a proxy.</li>
-  <li><strong>Automatically discover the proxy configuration</strong>: Choose
-    this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically detect and configure the
-    proxy settings, using the <a href="glossary.xhtml#wpad">WPAD protocol</a>.</li>
-  <li><strong>Automatic proxy configuration URL</strong>: Choose this if you
-    have a proxy configuration file or URL, then enter the configuration
-    URL.
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Reload</strong>: Click this to reload the configuration file.
-
-        <p>For more information about Automatic Proxy Configuration, see the
-          online
-          <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/catalog/end-user/customizing/enduserPAC.html">End
-          User Guide to Proxy AutoConfiguration</a>.</p>
-      </li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Manual proxy configuration</strong>: Choose this if you
-    don&apos;t have a proxy location (URL), or the automatic proxy discovery
-    was unable to setup the proxy settings correctly.
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address of
-        the proxy server.</li>
-      <li><strong>Port</strong>: Enter the port number in the Port field. Click
-        on <q>Advanced</q> to set
-        <a href="#advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</a></li>
-      <li><strong>No Proxy for</strong>: Type the domains and/or IP addresses
-        that you do not want to use a proxy for. Separate each entry with a
-        comma. (Example: <kbd>.mozilla.org, .net.nz, 192.168.1.0/24</kbd>.)
-      </li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<h3 id="advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</h3>
-
-<p>If you want to use different proxies for different protocols or need to use
-  a SOCKS proxy:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>HTTP Proxy</strong>, <strong>SSL Proxy</strong>,
-    <strong>FTP Proxy</strong>, <strong>Gopher Proxy</strong>: Enter the name
-    or numeric IP address of the proxy server. Type the port in the Port fields.
-
-    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you&apos;re using the same settings
-      for all types of proxies, click on <q>Use HTTP Proxy settings
-      for all protocols</q>.</p>
-
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>SOCKS Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address
-    of the proxy server. Enter the port number in the Port field. 
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>SOCKS v4, SOCKS v5</strong>: When entering a SOCKS Proxy,
-        select <q>SOCKS v4</q> or <q>SOCKS v5</q>, depending on what version
-        of <a href="glossary.xhtml#socks">SOCKS</a> is used for the proxy.</li>
-      <li><strong>Use for resolving hostnames</strong>: Select this to
-        use the SOCKS Proxy for resolving hostnames. This is
-        recommended for SOCKS v5 proxies.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="http_networking">Advanced Preferences - HTTP Networking</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the HTTP Networking preferences panel. If
-  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Advanced category, click HTTP Networking. (If no subcategories
-    are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The HTTP Networking preferences panel is used to configure HTTP-based
-  networking:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Direct Connection Options, Proxy Connection Options</strong>:
-    Choose the HTTP version and options for direct and proxy connections.
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.0</strong>: Choose this to use the original
-        version of HTTP, standardized in 1996.</li>
-      <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.1</strong>: Choose this to use the new version of
-        HTTP, which offers performance enhancements, including more efficient
-        use of HTTP connections, better support for client-side caching,
-        multiple HTTP requests (pipelining), and more refined control over
-        cache expiration and replacement policies.</li>
-      <li><strong>Enable Keep-Alive</strong>: Select this to keep a connection
-        open to make additional HTTP requests, increasing speed.</li>
-      <li><strong>Enable Pipelining</strong>: Select this to
-        enable pipelining, which allows for more than one HTTP request to be
-        sent to the server at once, reducing delays loading web pages.
-
-        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Pipelining is only available with 
-          HTTP 1.1.</p></li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="software_installation">Advanced Preferences - Software
-  Installation</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Software Installation preferences
-  panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Software Installation. (If no
-    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Software Installation preferences panel is used to enable software
-  installation and update notification:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Allow web sites to install extensions and updates</strong>:
-    Select this if you want to allow web sites to install extensions and
-    updates to be used with &brandShortName;. You will be prompted before each
-    installation.</li>
-  <li><strong>Allowed Sites</strong>: Click this to open the Allowed Sites
-    dialog box, where you can view and edit the list of web sites that you
-    want to allow to install software:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Click this to add a typed web site to the
-        list of allowed sites.</li>
-      <li><strong>Remove Site</strong>: Click this to remove a selected web
-        site.</li>
-      <li><strong>Remove All Sites</strong>: Click this to remove all of the
-        web sites in the current list.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Automatically check for updates to</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>&brandShortName;</strong>: Select this to be notified when
-        new versions of &brandShortName; are available. Your personal
-        information is not shared when verifying your version of
-        &brandShortName;. Choose whether you want &brandShortName; to do a
-        <strong>daily</strong> or a <strong>weekly</strong> check for new
-        versions.</li>
-      <li><strong>Installed add-ons</strong>: Select this to be notified when a
-        new version of one of your installed add-ons is available. Choose
-        whether you want &brandShortName; to do a <strong>daily</strong> or a
-        <strong>weekly</strong> check for new versions.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Add-on Manager</strong>: Click this to open the
-    Add-on Manager, where you can view and manage all your installed
-    extensions and themes.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="mouse_wheel">Advanced Preferences - Mouse Wheel</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Mouse Wheel preferences panel. If
-  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Mouse Wheel. (If no subcategories
-    are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Mouse Wheel preferences panel allows you to control how the mouse wheel
-  on your mouse (in between your mouse buttons) is used in &brandShortName;.
-  Modern mice may have two wheels or a button that can be used to switch the
-  scroll direction of the wheel. The behaviour for the vertical wheel function
-  is set in the upper panel <strong>Vertical scrolling</strong> while the 
-  horizontal mode is controlled by the lower panel <strong>Horizontal
-  scrolling</strong>.</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Select <q>No modifier key</q> or select a key that you want to use
-    along with the mouse wheel. Use the checkboxes below to configure mouse
-    wheel behavior:
-    
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Scroll the document by</strong>: Choose this to scroll the
-        document by the number of lines (or characters for horizontal movement)
-        typed in the field.
-        <ul>
-          <li><strong>Use system default</strong>: Choose this to use your
-            system&apos;s default setting&mdash;the number of lines (characters)
-            you may have previously entered will be overridden.</li>
-        </ul>
-      </li>
-      <li><strong>Scroll a page up (left) or a page down (right)</strong>:
-        Choose this to scroll up or down one page at a time. This setting allows
-        faster, but less accurate scrolling through a page with your mouse
-        wheel.</li>
-      <li><strong>Move back and forward in the browsing history</strong>:
-        Choose this to use the mouse wheel to navigate back or forward to
-        previous pages you&apos;ve visited.</li>
-      <li><strong>Make the text larger or smaller</strong>: Choose this to use
-        the mouse wheel to increase or decrease the size of text on a web page.
-        This setting can help you better read a page, or make text fit on the
-        screen.</li>
-    </ul>
-
-    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Each modifier key can be assigned to a different
-      function.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li>If your mouse does not have a mode for horizontal scrolling, any setting
-    in the lower panel <strong>Horizontal scrolling</strong> will be ignored.
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="dom_inspector">Advanced Preferences - DOM Inspector</h2>
-
-<p>DOM Inspector is an optional <a href="developer_tools.xhtml">Web development
-  component</a>. This section describes how to use its preferences panel.
-  If you are not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Advanced category, click DOM Inspector. (If no subcategories are
-    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>When you select an element, DOM Inspector can automatically highlight it by
-  flashing it or its border:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Blink Selected Element</strong>: Check this option to enable the
-    highlighting of an element that you select. By default, a flashing border
-    will appear around the element.
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Border Color</strong>: Select the color of the border around
-        the element.</li>
-      <li><strong>Border Width</strong>: Enter the width of the border around
-        the element.</li>
-      <li><strong>Blink Duration</strong>: Enter the length of time
-      (in milliseconds) for which you want the flashing to occur.</li>
-      <li><strong>Blink Speed</strong>: Enter the time interval
-        (in milliseconds) between the flashes.</li>
-      <li><strong>Invert Color</strong>: Check this option to paint the
-        selected element with the inverted border color. This will cause the
-        whole element&mdash;including its border&mdash;to flash.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>&copyright.string;</p>
-
-</body>
-</html>
deleted file mode 100644
--- a/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
-  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
-  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
-  %brandDTD;
-]>
-
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
-<head>
-<title>&brandShortName; Appearance Preferences Help</title>
-<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
-  type="text/css"/>
-</head>
-<body>
-
-<h1 id="appearance_preferences">Appearance Preferences</h1>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Appearance preference panel. If you
-  are not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Double-click Appearance to expand the list, then click the name for the
-    preferences you want to view.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section: 
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#appearance">Appearance</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#content">Content</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#fonts">Fonts</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#colors">Colors</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h2 id="appearance">Appearance Preferences - Appearance</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Appearance preferences panels. If
-  you&apos;re not already viewing one of these panels, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Click the Appearance category.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Appearance preferences panel allows you to set &brandShortName; startup
-  options and customize the user interface:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>When &brandShortName; starts up, open</strong>: Select the
-    components you want to use when you start up &brandShortName;</li>
-  <li>Show toolbars as: 
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Pictures and text</strong>: Select this to see text
-        underneath each of the toolbar buttons..</li>
-      <li><strong>Pictures only</strong>: Select this to show the toolbar
-        buttons only.</li>
-      <li><strong>Text only</strong>: Select this to show text buttons
-        only.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Show Tooltips</strong>: Select this if you want to have 
-    <a href="glossary.xhtml#tooltip">tooltips</a> appear when the cursor
-    is placed over parts of the &brandShortName; user interface and some
-    websites.</li>
-  <li><strong>User Interface Language</strong>: This setting allows you to
-    change the language used in the user interface of &brandShortName;.
-    Additional languages can be installed from the &brandShortName; home page.
-    <strong>Note</strong>: You must restart &brandShortName; for a new language
-    setting to take effect.
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="content">Appearance Preferences - Content</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Content preferences panel.
-  If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Appearance category, click Content. (If no
-    subcategories are visible, double-click Appearance to expand the
-    list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Content preferences panel allows you to change settings that influence
-  how website and message content appears in &brandShortName;.</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Website Icons:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Show website icons</strong>: Select this if you want see
-        site-specific icons, if available, in place of the bookmark icon
-        <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
-        alt="Bookmark item icon"/>. Website icons are shown to the left of the
-        Location Bar and Browser tabs.</li>
-      <li><strong>Aggressively look for website icons when the page does not
-        define one</strong>: If the page itself does not define a website
-        icon, turning on this setting makes &brandShortName; look for a
-        &quot;favicon&quot; on the server and use that instead.</li>
-      <li>Display website icons in bookmarks menu and toolbar:
-        <ul>
-          <li><strong>Never show icons for bookmarks</strong>: Select this if
-            you only want to see the default icons but not the website&apos;s
-            own icon in the bookmarks menu or the personal toolbar.</li>
-          <li><strong>Only when website was loaded recently</strong>: Select
-            this to show the website&apos;s own icon only if the website has
-            been recently loaded and the icon is currently in the
-            browser&apos;s cache.</li>
-          <li><strong>Always load website icons for bookmarks</strong>: Select
-            this to always load website icons to be displayed in the bookmarks
-            menu or personal toolbar, even if it&apos;s not in the cache.</li>
-        </ul>
-      </li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Use smooth scrolling</strong>: Select this to enable smooth
-    scrolling. Pressing the Page Down key when this is enabled
-    will&mdash;instead of an immediate jump&mdash;smoothly scroll the content
-    down to the next page.</li>
-  <li><strong>Resize large images to fit in the browser window</strong>: Select
-    this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically shrink large stand-alone
-    images so they will fit in the browser window. Clicking on the resized
-    image will make it appear at full size.</li>
-  <li><strong>Zoom only text instead of full pages</strong>: Select this if you
-    want &brandShortName; to only resize text of websites when using the
-    &quot;Zoom&quot; function. If this is not selected, the whole page,
-    including images, will be zoomed.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: See the separate preferences panels for colors, fonts
-  and languages to further customize content appearance and the Privacy &amp;
-  Security section for privacy-related settings that also might influence how
-  content appears to you.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="fonts">Appearance Preferences - Fonts</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Fonts preferences panel. If
-  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Appearance category, click Fonts. (If no subcategories are
-    visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Fonts preferences panel allows you to set page font type and size.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some font styles may not be selectable because the
-  selected language does not have fonts available for that style.</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Fonts for</strong>: Choose a language group/script. For instance,
-    to set default fonts for West European languages/script (Latin), choose
-    <q>Western.</q>  For a language/script not yet in the list, choose <q>Other
-    Languages.</q>
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Proportional</strong>: Select whether proportional text
-        should be serif (like Times Roman) or sans-serif (like Arial). You can
-        also specify what font size you want for proportional text.
-        Proportional text is variable in width, so characters and letters vary
-        in width.</li>
-      <li><strong>Serif</strong>: Select a serif font you want to use for
-        web pages.</li>
-      <li><strong>Sans-serif</strong>: Select a sans-serif font you want to use
-        for web pages.</li>
-      <li><strong>Cursive</strong>: Select a cursive font you want to use for
-        web pages.</li>
-      <li><strong>Fantasy</strong>: Select a fantasy font you want to use for
-        web pages.</li>
-      <li><strong>Monospace</strong>: Select a monospace font (like Courier)
-        and size you want to use for web pages. Monospace text is fixed in
-        width, so each character or letter takes the same amount of space.</li>
-      <li><strong>Minimum font size</strong>: Select the smallest font size you
-        want to be shown on web pages.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Allow documents to use other fonts</strong>: Select
-    this checkbox to keep a web page&apos;s font and size settings instead of
-    your own preferences.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="colors">Appearance Preferences - Colors</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Colors preferences panel. If
-  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Appearance category, click Colors. (If no subcategories are
-    visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Colors preferences panel allows you to set the background and text
-  colors on web pages:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Text and Background</strong>: Click the colored blocks to select
-    a color for displaying text and backgrounds on web pages.
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Use system colors</strong>: Select this to use your system
-        color settings.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Link Colors</strong>: Click the colored blocks to select a color
-    for displaying unvisited, active, and visited links on web pages.
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Underline links</strong>: Select this to display underlined
-        links on web pages.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>When a web page provides its own colors and
-    backgrounds</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Always use the colors and background specified by the web
-        page</strong>: Allows the web page to choose displayed colors and
-        backgrounds.</li>
-      <li><strong>Use my chosen colors, ignoring the colors and background
-        image specified</strong>: Allow you to choose displayed colors,
-        ignoring the web page colors and background image.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<p>&copyright.string;</p>
-
-</body>
-</html>
deleted file mode 100644
--- a/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,583 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
-  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
-  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
-  %brandDTD;
-]>
-
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
-<head>
-<title>&brandShortName; Browser Preferences Help</title>
-<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
-  type="text/css"/>
-</head>
-<body>
-
-<h1 id="navigator_preferences">Browser Preferences</h1>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Browser preference panel. If
-  you&apos;re not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Choose Browser.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#navigator">Browser</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#history">History</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#languages">Languages</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#helper_applications">Helper Applications</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#location_bar">Location Bar</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#internet_search">Internet Search</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#downloads">Downloads</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h2 id="navigator">Browser Preferences - Browser</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the main browser preferences panel. If
-  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Click the Browser category.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Browser preferences panel allows you to customize certain aspects of
-  the browser.</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Display on</strong>: Use the drop-down list in combination with
-    the checkboxes to control what will be displayed at startup or when you
-    open a new window or tab:
-    <ol>
-      <li>
-        <ul>
-          <li>Select <strong>Browser Startup</strong> to set what the browser
-            will display at startup.</li>
-          <li>Select <strong>New Window</strong> to set what will be displayed
-            when opening a new browser window.</li>
-          <li>Select <strong>New Tab</strong> to set what will be displayed
-            when opening a new tab.</li>
-        </ul>
-      </li>
-      <li>Select one of the following checkboxes:
-        <ul>
-          <li><strong>Blank page</strong>: Causes the browser to display a blank
-            page.</li>
-          <li><strong>Home page</strong>: Causes the browser to load your home
-            page (specified below).</li>
-          <li><strong>Last page visited</strong>: Causes the browser to load the
-            page you were viewing right before you last exited
-            &brandShortName;.</li>
-        </ul>
-      </li>
-    </ol>
-  </li>
-  <li class="win"><strong>Default Browser</strong>: Allows you to set
-    &brandShortName; as the default browser or shows you that it is.
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Set Default Browser</strong>: Unless it is greyed out, click
-        this to set &brandShortName; as your default browser.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Home Page</strong>: In the field, type the web page you want as
-    your home page or do one of the following:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Use Current Page</strong>: Click this to use the web page
-        currently displayed in the browser as your home page.</li>
-      <li><strong>Use Current Group</strong>: If you have two or more browser
-        tabs open, click this to set them as your Home Page Group (a group of
-        tabs that are opened as your home page). After clicking this button,
-        the message <q>Home Page Group is Set</q> appears in the location
-        field.
-        
-        <p><strong>Caution</strong>: If you edit the field after clicking Use
-          Current Group, your Home Page Group will be lost.</p>
-      
-      </li>
-      <li><strong>Restore Default</strong>: Click this to revert to the
-        the default home page.</li>
-      <li><strong>Choose File</strong>: Click this to locate a file on disk
-        that you want to load as your home page.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Select the buttons you want to see in the toolbars</strong>:
-    Select any of the available checkboxes to see them on your
-    toolbars.
-
-    <p>The Go, Search, and Print buttons appear in the Navigation Toolbar near
-      the upper-right corner of the browser window. All other buttons appear
-      in the Personal Toolbar. For information about adding your own bookmarks
-      to this toolbar, see
-      <a href="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar">Personal
-      Toolbar</a>.</p>
-
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="history">Browser Preferences - History</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the History preferences panel. If
-  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span>menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Browser category, click History. (If no subcategories are
-    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The History preferences panel allows you to configure three history settings
-  for the browser.</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Browsing History</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Remember visited pages for the last [__] days</strong>: Type
-        the number of days you want &brandShortName; to keep track of the web
-        pages you have previously visited. For example, if you set this number
-        to 10 days, pages 10 days old or less will be kept in the history
-        list.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Clear History</strong>: Click this to delete the list of sites
-    visited.</li>
-  <li><strong>Location Bar History</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Clear Location Bar</strong>: Click this to clear the list of
-        sites in the Location bar menu.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>For more information about history in &brandShortName;, see
-  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</a>.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="languages">Browser Preferences - Languages</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Languages preferences panel. If
-  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Browser category, click Languages. (If no subcategories are
-    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Languages preferences panel allows you to choose the languages and
-  character encoding for displaying web pages and choose if and how your typing
-  is spell checked:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Languages for Web Pages</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Move Up / Move Down</strong>: Click one of these buttons to
-        move a selected language up or down, which sets the order of preference
-        for the listed languages.</li>
-      <li><strong>Add</strong>: Click this to add additional languages for
-        displaying web pages.</li>
-      <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Click this to remove a selected
-        language.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Character Encoding</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Use the drop-down list
-        to select the character encoding you want for displaying web
-        pages.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Spelling</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>When typing check my spelling</strong>: Use the drop-down
-        list to select if and how your typing is spell checked.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="helper_applications">Browser Preferences - Helper Applications</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Helper Applications preferences panel.
-  If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Browser category, click Helper Applications. (If no
-    subcategories are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Helper Applications preferences panel lets you choose applications and
-  other handlers to handle different types of content (e.g. PDF documents).
-  It shows you a list of content types and lets you select a handler for each
-  type. To filter the list, use the search field. Text entered in there will
-  narrow the list to entries containing that text either in the type description
-  or the currently selected action.</p>
-<p>You can choose a local application to handle any type. For some types, you
-  can also choose a web application to handle the type, choose
-  <!-- a feature (like <a href="glossary.xhtml#live_bookmark">Live Bookmarks</a> for
-  feeds) or --> a <a href="glossary.xhtml#plugin">plugin</a> in &brandShortName; to
-  handle the type, or save the type on your computer.</p>
-<p>To choose a handler for a type, select the type from the list. The current
-  handler for the type will turn into a menu. Open the menu and select the
-  handler you want to handle the type. Depending on the actual type, you can:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Choose an application by selecting it from the menu. If you want a local
-    application that is not in the menu to handle the type, select
-    <strong>Use other…</strong> from the menu and navigate to its location.</li>
-  <li>Choose a <!-- feature or --> plugin by selecting it from the menu.</li>
-  <li>Save files of this type on your computer by selecting
-    <strong>Save File</strong> from the menu. If you have selected the
-    <strong>Automatically download files to specified download folder</strong>
-    preference in the <strong>Downloads</strong> panel, &brandShortName; will
-    save content of this type on your computer automatically. Otherwise, when
-    you encounter this type, &brandShortName; will prompt you for a location on
-    your computer to save it to.</li>
-  <li>Tell &brandShortName; to <strong>always ask</strong> what to do when
-    encountering this type. When you choose this option, a dialog will always be
-    shown when files of this type are accessed, and you can choose how to handle
-    that specific file from there.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p><strong>Note:</strong> When a plugin is available to handle a type, and you
-  choose another handler for that type, &brandShortName; will only use your
-  chosen handler when you access the type directly. When the type is embedded
-  inside a web page, &brandShortName; will continue to use the plugin to handle
-  it. See also
-  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>.
-</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="location_bar">Browser Preferences - Location Bar</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Location Bar preferences panel. If
-  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Browser category, click Location Bar. (If no subcategories
-    are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Location Bar Preferences panel lets you fine-tune the behavior of the
-  Location Bar.</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li id="location_bar_autocomplete"><strong>Autocomplete</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Autocomplete from your browsing history as you type</strong>:
-        Select this to let &brandShortName; automatically show suggestions from
-        your browsing history when you type in the Location Bar.
-        <ul>
-          <li><strong>Match only website&apos;s you&apos;ve typed
-            previously</strong>: Shows only websites that you&apos;ve typed in
-            the Location Bar and not sites that were opened in other ways, such
-            as clicking a link on a web page.</li>
-          <li><strong>Automatically prefill the best match</strong>: As you
-            type in the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will automatically
-            complete your web address using the visited website it most closely
-            matches. <span class="unix"><strong>Note</strong>: Having this
-            option on will prefill local addresses (like paths to files on your
-            hard drive) even if you have turned off <q>Autocomplete from your
-            browsing history as you type</q>.</span></li>
-          <li><strong>Show list of matching results</strong>: As you type in
-            the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will show a drop-down list of
-            matching visited web addresses.
-            <span class="unix"><strong>Note</strong>: If you have turned off
-            <q>Autocomplete from your browsing history as you type</q>
-            matching results from locations on your hard drive will still be
-            shown in the drop-down list.</span></li>
-        </ul></li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Internet Search Engine</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Show default search engine</strong>: Shows a drop-down list item,
-        allowing you to search with the default search engine for words you
-        enter.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Unknown Locations</strong>
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Add <q>www.</q> and <q>.com</q> to the location if a web page
-        is not found</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName; to
-        automatically add <tt>www.</tt> to the beginning and <tt>.com</tt> to
-        the end of a web page location that can&apos;t be found. For more
-        detailed information about this feature, see the online document
-        <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/domain-guessing.html">
-        Domain Guessing</a>.</li>
-      <li><strong>Perform a web search when entered text is not a web
-        location</strong>: Select this to let &brandShortName; automatically
-        search the web for text entered in the Location Bar. If the text
-        you&apos;ve typed is not a web location, &brandShortName; will do a web
-        search when you press <kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>
-        <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd> in the Location Bar. See the online
-        document
-        <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/internet-keywords.html">
-        Internet Keywords</a> for a more technical description about this
-        feature. <strong>Note</strong>: The search engine used can not be
-        changed by the <a href="#internet_search">Internet Search
-        Preferences</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="internet_search">Browser Preferences - Internet Search</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Internet Search preferences panel. If
-  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories
-    are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Internet Search preferences panel allows you to configure how you search
-  using &brandShortName;:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Default Search Engine</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Search using</strong>: Use the drop-down list to select the
-        search engine you want use for web searching.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Search Results</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Open the Search tab in the Sidebar when search results are
-        available</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; open the
-        Sidebar and show your search results.</li>
-      <li><strong>Open tab instead of window for a context menu web
-        search</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; show your search
-        results in a new tab rather than a new window when you search on
-        selected words in a web page.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Sidebar Search Tab Preference</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Basic</strong>: Choose this to use one search engine when
-        searching in &brandShortName;.</li>
-      <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: <strong></strong>Choose this to select one
-        or more search engines from a list when searching in
-        &brandShortName;.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Tabbed Browsing preferences panel. If
-  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Browser category, click Tabbed Browsing. (If no subcategories
-    are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Tabbed Browsing preferences panel allows you to set up Tabbed
-  Browsing:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Tab Display</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Hide the tab bar when only one tab is open</strong>: Select
-        this to display the Tabbed Browsing bar only when more then one
-        browser tab is open.</li>
-      <li><strong>Switch to new tabs opened from links</strong>: Select this to
-        make &brandShortName; switch to the new tab when using <q>Open in a
-        New Tab</q> to open a link.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>When opening a bookmark group</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Add tabs</strong>: Select this if you want a bookmark group
-        to be opened in new tabs.</li>
-      <li><strong>Replace existing tabs</strong>: Select this if you want a
-        bookmark group to replace your existing tabs.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Open tabs instead of windows for</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong><span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+click or
-        <kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Return</kbd></span>
-        <span class="noMac">Middle-click, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+click or
-        <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links in a Web
-        page</span></strong>: Select this to open Web page links in a new tab
-        when clicking a link <span class="mac">and holding down the
-        <kbd>Command</kbd> key or holding down the <kbd>Command</kbd> key and
-        pressing <kbd>Return</kbd> on links</span> <span class="noMac">with the
-        middle mouse button, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-clicking on links, and pressing
-        <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links</span>.
-
-        <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use Find Links as You Type to navigate to the
-          link you want to open with the keyboard commands above.</p>
-      </li>
-
-      <li><strong>
-        <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd
-        class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in the Location
-        bar</strong>: Select this to open a Web page in a new tab when you type
-        the URL of the page in the Location Bar and press
-        <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd
-        class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Link open behavior</strong>: If a webpage is designed so that
-    certain links open in a new window by default (either through the target
-    attribute in HTML or through embedded JavaScript), you may want to
-    override this:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in the
-        current tab of the active window.</li>
-      <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked
-        page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li>
-      <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new window.
-        (This is the default and does not override the webpage design).</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Links from other applications</strong>: If &brandShortName; is
-    called from another application with a webpage address as an argument (like
-    a click on a link in an external email program), you can control where the
-    page will be loaded:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in the
-        current tab of the active window.</li>
-      <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked
-        page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li>
-      <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new window.
-        (This is the default).</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<div class="win">
-  <p>To ensure that &brandShortName; opens a new window, select the Browser
-    option in <a href= "cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance
-    Preferences - Appearance</a>.</p>
-
-  <p>If you want &brandShortName; to open a new tab instead of a new window when
-    you launch it and it is already running, ensure the following:</p>
-
-  <ul>
-    <li>If you launch &brandShortName; by command line, do not use command-line
-      parameters that open windows.</li>
-    <li>Nothing is set in the
-      <a href= "cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences
-      - Appearance</a>.</li>
-    <li>Set <q>Links from other applications</q> preference to <q>A new tab in
-      the current window</q>.</li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="downloads">Browser Preferences - Downloads</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Downloads preferences panel. If
-  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Browser category, click Downloads. (If no subcategories are
-    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The Downloads preferences panel allows you to set up how &brandShortName;
-  handles files you download from web pages:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>When starting a download</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Open the download manager</strong>: Select this to display
-        the Download Manager, which displays the status for current and
-        previous downloads. The status of all downloads is kept in a single
-        window.</li>
-      <li><strong>Open a progress dialog</strong>: Select this to display a
-        progress dialog box, which display the status for your current
-        download. The status of each download is kept in a separate
-        window.</li>
-      <li><strong>Don&apos;t open anything</strong>: Select this if you want to
-        download files invisibly. No status is given for all your
-        downloads.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>When saving a file</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Prompt for download location and default to</strong>: Select
-        this if you always want to be able to choose a folder for the file to
-        be saved. Choose one of the following folders to be the default
-        location for the file:
-        <ul>
-          <li><strong>Last download folder</strong>: The default location will
-            be the folder you last downloaded a file to.</li>
-          <li><strong>Specified download folder</strong>: The default location
-            will be your Current Download Folder.</li>
-        </ul>
-      </li>
-      <li><strong>Automatically download files to specified download
-        folder</strong>: Select this if you want files to be saved to your
-        Current Download Folder without &brandShortName; prompting you for
-        the download location.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-    
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Current Download Folder</strong>: Use the button to navigate
-    to a folder that you want to use as your specified download folder.</li>
-</ul>
-    
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>When a download completes</strong>:
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want
-        &brandShortName; to play a custom sound (typically in WAV format) when
-        a download is completed. Use the Browse button to select the sound file
-        in the file locator. To listen to the sound you&apos;ve chosen, click
-        Preview.</li>
-      <li><strong>Show an alert</strong>: Select this if you want
-        &brandShortName; to show an alert on the screen when a download is
-        completed.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>For more information about downloading files from web pages, see
-  <a href= "nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and
-  Downloads</a>.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<p>&copyright.string;</p>
-
-</body>
-</html>
deleted file mode 100644
--- a/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
-  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
-  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
-  %brandDTD;
-]>
-
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
-<head>
-<title>&brandShortName; Popup Blocking Help</title>
-<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
-  type="text/css"/>
-</head>
-<body>
-
-<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
-  It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
-  your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
-  address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
-  recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
-  protection on the Internet.</div>
-  
-<h1 id="controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</h1>
-
-<p><strong>What are Popups?</strong></p>
-
-<p>Pop-up windows, or popups, are windows that appear automatically and without
-  your permission. They vary in size, but usually don&apos;t cover the whole
-  screen. Some popups open on top of the current browser window, thus popping
-  up, while others appear underneath the browser (popunders).</p>
-
-<p>&brandShortName; allows you to control both popups and popunders through the
-  <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Popup Windows
-  preferences panel</a>. Since popup blocking is turned off by default, you
-  must enable it to prevent popups from appearing in the browser.</p>
-
-<p>When blocking a popup, &brandShortName; can be set up to play a sound, as
-  well as display an icon
-  <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control
-  icon"/> in the status bar. You can use this icon to add a website
-  you&apos;re viewing to an exceptions list so that the site is allowed to
-  again display popups.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Blocking popups may interfere with some websites</strong>: Some web
-  sites, including some banking sites, use popups for important features. 
-  Blocking all popups disables such features. To allow specific websites to
-  use popups, while blocking all others, you can add specific websites to the
-  list of allowed sites. For more information, see
-  <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Privacy &amp;
-  Security Preferences - Popup Windows</a>.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Blocking popups doesn&apos;t always work</strong>: Although
-  &brandShortName; blocks most popups, some websites, even when blocked, may
-  use other methods to show popups.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Allowing popups from certain websites</strong>: After you&apos;ve
-  enabled popup blocking, you can still allow specific sites to display popups.
-  Browse to the website, and then from the Tools menu, choose Popup Manager,
-  and then choose Allow Popups From This Site.</p>
-
-<p>The next section describes how to control popups through preferences and
-  through the popup control icon.</p>
-
-<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Privacy &amp; Security
-  Preferences - Popup Windows</h2>
-
-<p>This section describes how to use the Popup Windows preferences panel. If
- you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the
-    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security Preferences category, click Popup
-    Windows. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp;
-    Security to expand the list.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Block unrequested popup windows</strong>: Select this to prevent
-    popups from appearing in the browser.</li>
-  <li><strong>Allowed Sites</strong>: Click this to view and edit the list of
-    web sites that you want to allow to display popups.
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Allowed websites</strong>: The list of allowed websites
-        appears when you click <q>Allowed Sites</q>. You can add or remove
-        websites that should be allowed to show popups.</li>
-      <li><strong>Add</strong>: Click this after typing in a website that you
-        want to add to the list.</li>
-      <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Click this to remove a selected website.</li>
-      <li><strong>Remove All</strong>: Click this to remove all of the websites
-        in the current list.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<h3>When a popup window has been blocked</h3>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: If you want a sound to play each time
-    the browser blocks a popup, select this option and type the location of the
-    sound file.
-    <ul>
-      <li><strong>Select</strong>: Click this to choose a sound file instead of
-        typing its location in the field.</li>
-      <li><strong>Preview</strong>: Click this to listen to the chosen
-        sound.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li><strong>Display an icon in the browser status bar</strong>: Select this
-    to display an icon
-    <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control
-    icon"/> in the browser status bar to indicate that a popup is blocked.
-
-    <p><strong>Note</strong>: After the popup control icon
-      <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup
-      control icon"/> appears, it remains visible until you visit another
-      website.</p>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p><strong>Using the popup control icon to add allowed websites</strong>: You
-  can use the popup control icon to quickly add a website to the list of
-  allowed websites. Click the icon
-  <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control
-  icon"/> to open the list of allowed websites. The current website is
-  already filled in. Click Add and then click OK to confirm your addition.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: Blocking popups may not always work and may interfere
-  with some websites. For more information about blocking popups, see
-  <a href="#controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</a>.</p>
-
-<p>&copyright.string;</p>
-
-</body>
-</html>
deleted file mode 100644
--- a/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1111 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
-  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
-  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
-  %brandDTD;
-]>
-
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
-<head>
-<title>Customizing &brandShortName;</title>
-<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
-  type="text/css"/>
-</head>
-<body>
-
-<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information
-  only. It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security
-  of your personal information on the Internet. This document does not,
-  however, address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it
-  represent a recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and
-  security protection on the Internet.</div>
-
-<h1 id="customizing_mozilla">Customizing &brandShortName;</h1>
-
-<p>You can customize &brandShortName; to better suit your needs using features
-  like Sidebar, bookmarks, and Tabbed Browsing.</p>
-
-<p>This section describes the customizable aspects of &brandShortName;&apos;s
-  browser component.</p>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#sidebar">Sidebar</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Changing Fonts, Colors, and
-      Themes</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#toolbars">Toolbars</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying How
-      &brandShortName; Starts Up</a></li>
-    <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml">Appearance
-      Preferences</a></li>
-    <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Browser
-      Preferences</a></li>
-    <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml">Advanced Preferences</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h2 id="sidebar">Sidebar</h2>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#what_is_sidebar">What is Sidebar?</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Opening, Closing and
-      Resizing Sidebar</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#viewing_sidebar_tabs">Viewing Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Customizing Individual
-      Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#removing_sidebar_tabs">Removing Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h3 id="what_is_sidebar">What is Sidebar?</h3>
-
-<p>Sidebar is a customizable area in your browser where you can keep items
-  that you need to use all the time&mdash;the latest news and weather, your
-  address book, stock quotes, a calendar&mdash;and many other available
-  options. Sidebar presents these items to you in tabs that are continually
-  updated.</p>
-
-<p>&brandShortName; comes with some Sidebar tabs already set up, but you can
-  customize Sidebar by adding, removing, and rearranging tabs.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Opening, Closing and Resizing
-  Sidebar</h3>
-
-<p>To open Sidebar, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or</span> open the
-  View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
-  submenu.</p>
-
-<p>Once Sidebar is opened, you can use its handle to close, open and resize
-  Sidebar&apos;s frame. Move the mouse pointer up and down along the left edge
-  of the &brandShortName; window. The pointer changes to a hand when it touches
-  the <q>handle</q> for Sidebar, as shown in the picture.</p>
-
-<table summary="Image table">
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="2"></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr style="vertical-align: top;">
-    <td><img src="images/sidebar.png" alt="image of sidebar with
-      handle"/></td>
-    <td style="vertical-align: middle;">
-      <p><strong>Sidebar<br/>Handle</strong></p>
-    </td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Click the handle to close/open Sidebar&apos;s frame</li>
-  <li>Click and drag the handle to resize Sidebar&apos;s frame</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>To close Sidebar with its handle, do one of the following:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li class="noMac">Press <kbd>F9</kbd></li>
-  <li>Click the X in the upper-right corner of Sidebar</li>
-  <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
-    submenu</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="viewing_sidebar_tabs">Viewing Sidebar Tabs</h3>
-
-<p>To view a tab:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Click a tab&apos;s title; for instance, click the word <q>Search</q>. The
-    Search tab opens, which allows you to search for web pages.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To reload a Sidebar tab, right-click on the tab title
-  and choose Reload from the pop-up menu.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</h3>
-
-<p>To add a new tab:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar, and select Customize
-    Sidebar from the menu</li>
-  <li>In the Customize Sidebar dialog box, select a tab from the list on the
-    left. Double-click the folders to open or close folders.</li>
-  <li>Click Add.</li>
-  <li>Continue adding as many tabs as you want.</li>
-  <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you add more than eight tabs to Sidebar,
-  &brandShortName; hides the remaining tabs to reduce clutter. To scroll
-  through the hidden tabs, click the down arrow button at the bottom of Sidebar
-  until you see the desired tab. Click the up arrow button to once again scroll
-  up.</p>
-  
-<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>To preview a Sidebar tab before adding it, select a tab from the list
-    on the left side of the Customize Sidebar dialog box and click Preview.
-    After a few seconds, the tab displays in the Tab Preview pop-up
-    window.</li>
-  <li>To view an extensive and categorized list of tabs available for Sidebar,
-    click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar, and select Sidebar
-    Directory.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>You can also turn Sidebar tabs on and off.</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar. Current tabs are listed in
-    the lower part of the menu.</li>
-  <li>Select the tabs you want displayed in Sidebar. Remove the checkmark
-    (deselect) to turn a tab off (it will still be available from the
-    menu).</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly turn off a Sidebar tab, right-click on its
-  name and choose Hide Tab.</p>
-  
-<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Customizing Individual Sidebar
-  Tabs</h3>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: Not all tabs can be customized.</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar
-    from the menu.</li>
-  <li>Select an available tab from the list on the right.</li>
-  <li>Click Customize Tab if it is enabled. A window appears with information
-    and options for customizing the tab.
-    
-    <p>The instructions vary depending on the source of the tab&mdash;in
-      addition to &brandShortName;, tab providers can be any company,
-      organization, or individual who uses the Internet.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li>After you follow the tab provider&apos;s instructions, close the
-    customization window (or follow the provider&apos;s instructions to close
-    it).</li>
-  <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs</h3>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar from
-    the menu.</li>
-  <li>Select a tab from the list on the right.</li>
-  <li>Click Up and Down to change the tab&apos;s placement.</li>
-  <li>Repeat steps 1 and 2 to continue reorganizing as many tabs as you
-    like.</li>
-  <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="removing_sidebar_tabs">Removing Sidebar Tabs</h3>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar from
-    the menu.</li>
-  <li>Select a tab from the list on the right.</li>
-  <li>Click Remove.</li>
-  <li>Continue removing as many tabs as you like.</li>
-  <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</h2>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#what_is_tabbed_browsing">What is Tabbed Browsing?</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Setting up Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#opening_tabs">Opening Tabs</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#moving_tabs">Moving Tabs</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#bookmarking_tabs">Bookmarking Tabs</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#closing_tabs">Closing Tabs</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h3 id="what_is_tabbed_browsing">What is Tabbed Browsing?</h3>
-
-<p>Tabbed Browsing lets you open more than one web page in a single window.
-  Each web page has its own tab across the top of a single browser window.
-  Each tab appears on the Tab Bar. For example, you can visit mozilla.org,
-  icq.com, and cnn.com within one window instead of three windows.</p>
-
-<table summary="Image table">
-  <tr> 
-    <td>Click this to open a new tab.</td>
-    <td></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr> 
-    <td colspan="2">
-      <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="tab bar"/>
-    </td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr> 
-    <td style="text-align: left;">Tab being viewed.</td>
-    <td style="text-align: right;">Click this to close the tab being
-      viewed.</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr> 
-    <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Tab Bar</strong></td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>You don&apos;t need to have several windows open to visit several web pages;
-  thus, freeing up more space on your desktop. Instead, you can open, close,
-  and reload web pages conveniently in one place without having to switch to
-  another window.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Setting up Tabbed Browsing</h3>
-
-<p>There are several ways to customize Tabbed Browsing. For example, you can
-  change your preferences to open new browser tabs from the Location Bar. You
-  can set up Tabbed Browsing in other ways too, such as loading new browser
-  tabs in the background so the first page is kept on top while the second page
-  is loading. To learn more about setting up Tabbed Browsing in
-  &brandShortName;, see
-  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences
-  - Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="opening_tabs">Opening Tabs</h3>
-
-<p>You can open a browser tab in the following ways:</p>
-
-<p><strong>Opening a New Blank Browser Tab</strong>:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>From the File menu</strong>: Open the File menu, choose New, and
-    then Browser Tab.</li>
-  <li><strong>From the Tab Bar</strong>: If visible, click the <q>new
-    tab</q> icon
-    <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/tab-new.gif" alt="new tab icon"/>
-    on the left side of the Tab Bar.</li>
-  <li><strong>From a pop-up menu</strong>: If the Tab Bar is visible,
-    right-click on it, and choose New Tab from the pop.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p><strong>Opening a Web Page Link in a Browser Tab</strong>:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong>From a pop-up menu</strong>: Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if
-    you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> on a web page
-    link and choose Open Link in New Tab.</li>
-  <li><strong>From the Location Bar</strong>: Type a web page location in the
-    Location Bar and press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">
-    Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.
-
-    <p><strong>Note</strong>: You must set your Tabbed Browsing preferences to
-      open a browser tab from the Location Bar. See
-      <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser
-      Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</a> for more information.</p>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>To quickly open a new browser tab, press
-    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd>
-    <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>T</kbd>.</li>
-  <li>To reload one or all browser tabs, right-click<span class="mac"> or, if
-    you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> anywhere on the
-    Tab Bar and select Reload Tab or Reload All Tabs, respectively.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="moving_tabs">Moving Tabs</h3>
-
-<p>Tabs are displayed in the order you open them, which may not always be what
-  you want. To move a tab to a different location within a &brandShortName;
-  window, simply drag it there using your mouse. While you are dragging the
-  tab, &brandShortName; displays an indicator to show where the tab will be
-  moved. Alternately, you can use
-  <a href="shortcuts-navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">keyboard
-  shortcuts</a> to move tabs within a window if desired.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: The keyboard shortcuts don't work when a text box has
-  focus.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="bookmarking_tabs">Bookmarking Tabs</h3>
-
-<p>A bookmarked group of tabs is called a Groupmark. To bookmark the group of
-  browser tabs in the current window:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose <q>Bookmark This Group of
-    Tabs</q>.</li>
-  <li>Type a name for the bookmark group in the Name field.</li>
-  <li>Choose a folder in which to create your Groupmark, or click New Folder to
-    create a new folder for your Groupmark.</li>
-  <li>Click OK to add the Groupmark.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To learn how to use a group of tabs as your home page,
-  see <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Browser Preferences -
-  Browser</a>.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="closing_tabs">Closing Tabs</h3>
-
-<p>You can close browser tabs in several ways:</p>
-
-<p><strong>Closing the Browser Tab Being Viewed</strong>:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Open the File menu and choose Close Tab.</li>
-  <li>Click the <q>X</q> button on the right side of the Tab Bar.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<table summary="Image table">
-  <tr>
-    <td> Click this to open a new tab.</td>
-    <td></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="2">
-      <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="tab bar"/>
-    </td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td style="text-align: left;">Tab being viewed.</td>
-    <td style="text-align: right;">Click this to close the tab being
-      viewed.</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Tab Bar</strong></td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>To close any browser tab, even if hidden, right-click on the tab and
-    choose Close Tab from the pop-up menu.</li>
-  <li>To keep only one browser tab open, while closing all other tabs,
-    right-click on the browser tab and choose Close Other Tabs.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Changing Fonts, Colors, and
-  Themes</h2>
-  
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#changing_the_default_fonts">Changing the Default Fonts</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#changing_the_default_colors">Changing the Default
-      Colors</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#changing_the_theme">Changing the Theme</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h3 id="changing_the_default_fonts">Changing the Default Fonts</h3>
-
-<p>Normally, web pages are displayed in the default font set by your browser
-  or in a font chosen by the web pages&apos; authors.</p>
-
-<p>To change the default fonts:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Appearance category, choose Fonts. (If no options are visible
-    in this category, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
-  <li>From the "Fonts for" drop-down list, choose a language group/script.
-    For instance, to set default fonts for West European languages/script
-    (Latin), choose <q>Western</q>.</li>
-  <li>Select whether proportional text should be serif (like Times Roman) or
-    sans-serif (like Arial). Then specify the font size you want for
-    proportional text.</li>
-  <li>If an appropriate font is available for your language/script, select
-    fonts for Serif, Sans-Serif, Cursive, Fantasy, and Monospace. You can also
-    specify what font size you want for monospace text.</li>
-  <li>Specify whether the default font should be serif or sans serif.</li>
-  <li>Select a fixed-width font and size. Certain types of text, such as
-    equations and formulas, are displayed in a fixed-width font.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>Many web page authors choose their own fonts and font sizes. To allow fonts
-  other than the ones specified in your preferences, check <q>Allow
-  documents to use other fonts</q>.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="changing_the_default_colors">Changing the Default Colors</h3>
-
-<p>Normally, the background and text colors on web pages are determined by the
-  default colors set by your browser or by the pages&apos; authors.</p>
-
-<p>To change the default colors:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under the Appearance category, choose Colors. (If no options are visible
-    in this category, click to expand the list.)</li>
-  <li>Click the colored blocks next to Text, Background, Unvisited Links, and
-    Visited Links. Choose a color for each from the color chart. You can also
-    specify that links should be underlined.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>Most web page authors choose their own colors. You can override the
-  authors&apos; intentions by selecting <q>Use my chosen colors, ignoring
-  the colors specified</q>.</p>
-
-<p>When viewing the source of a web page, you can see the HTML syntax of the
-  source of a web page highlighted in specific colors by selecting <q>Enable
-  syntax highlighting</q>.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="changing_the_theme">Changing the Theme</h3>
-
-<p>You can change the look and feel of &brandShortName; by using a different
-  theme. Changing the theme can be done either from the View menu or from the
-  Add-on Manager.</p>
-
-<p>From the View menu:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the View menu and choose Apply Theme, and then select a theme from
-    the menu.</li>
-  <li>Quit and restart &brandShortName;.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>From the Add-on Manager:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Add-on Manager.</li>
-  <li>Click the Themes button in the toolbar.</li>
-  <li>Select a theme from the list, and then click the Use Theme button.</li>
-  <li>Quit and restart &brandShortName;.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="toolbars">Toolbars</h2>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#status_bar">Status Bar</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h3 id="navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</h3>
-
-<p>The Navigation Toolbar, pictured here, helps you move around the Web.</p>
-
-<table summary="Image table">
-  <tr>
-    <td colspan="4">
-      <img src="images/reload.gif" alt="navigation toolbar"/>
-    </td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td><strong>Back</strong></td>
-    <td><strong>Forward</strong></td>
-    <td><strong>Reload</strong></td>
-    <td><strong>Stop</strong></td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</h3>
-
-<p>The Personal Toolbar is completely customizable&mdash;you decide what you
-  want to keep there.</p>
-
-<table summary="Image table">
-  <tr> 
-    <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Personal Toolbar"/></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Personal Toolbar</strong></td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>You can easily add, delete, and rearrange items in the Personal Toolbar.</p>
-
-<h4 id="turning_buttons_on_and_off">Turning Buttons On and Off</h4>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Click Browser.</li>
-  <li>Under <q>Select the buttons you want to see in the toolbars</q>,
-    choose the buttons that you want on your toolbar.</li>
-  <li>Click OK.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<h4 id="adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Adding Personal Toolbar
-  Bookmarks</h4>
-
-<p>You can add buttons for your favorite bookmarks, or folders containing
-  groups of bookmarks. To create a new bookmark to add to the Personal
-  Toolbar:</p>
-  
-<ol>
-  <li>Open a web page you want to bookmark.</li>
-  <li>Drag the bookmark icon
-    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
-    alt="image of bookmark icon"/>(located to the left of URL in the
-    Location Bar) to a desired place on the Personal Toolbar. You can drag the
-    icon directly to the Personal Toolbar, or to a folder on the Personal
-    Toolbar. For more information, see
-    <a href="#adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar">Adding Bookmark
-    Folders to the Personal Toolbar</a>.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: The bookmark icon
-  <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif" alt="image
-  of bookmark icon"/> may appear as another page-specific icon if you have
-  checked Show Website Icons in preferences. See
-  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences -
-  Appearance</a> for more information on changing this preferences.</p>
-
-<p>Each item in the Personal Toolbar folder appears as a toolbar button. You
-  may need to enlarge the browser window to see them all.</p>
-
-<p id="adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar"><strong>Adding
-  Bookmark Folders to the Personal Toolbar</strong></p>
-
-<p>You can add bookmark folders to the Personal Toolbar to sort your favorite
-  bookmarks into categories. For example, you can have one folder on the
-  Personal Toolbar for hobby-related bookmarks and another folder for
-  work-related bookmarks. To add a new bookmark to the Personal Toolbar:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
-  <li>Select your designated <q>Personal Toolbar Folder</q>.</li>
-  <li>Click New Folder on the toolbar.</li>
-  <li> Type a name for your new bookmark folder. By default, the name is
-    <q>New Folder</q>.</li>
-  <li>Click OK to confirm your new bookmark folder name.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The new bookmark folder will appear at the end of the Personal Toolbar.</p>
-
-<h4>Designating a Bookmark Folder as Your Personal Toolbar Folder</h4>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
-  <li>Select the bookmark folder whose items you want to appear on the
-    toolbar.</li>
-  <li>From the View menu, choose Set as Personal Toolbar Folder.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The buttons in your Personal Toolbar now correspond to the bookmarks in the
-  folder you designated.</p>
-
-<h4>Removing Bookmarks from the Personal Toolbar</h4>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
-  <li>Click the Personal Toolbar Folder.</li>
-  <li>Select the bookmark or folder you want to delete.</li>
-  <li>Press Delete on your keyboard.</li>
-  <li>Close the Manage Bookmarks window.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly remove a bookmark placed on the Personal
-  Toolbar (not in a folder), right-click on the bookmark and select Delete.</p>
-
-<h4>Rearranging the Personal Toolbar</h4>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
-  <li>In your Bookmarks window, click the Personal Toolbar Folder.</li>
-  <li>Select a bookmark or folder and drag it to a new location.</li>
-  <li>When you are finished rearranging items, close your Bookmarks
-    window.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: Standard buttons on the Personal Toolbar such as
-  Bookmarks, Search, Go, Print and Home cannot be rearranged, but they can
-  be <a href="#turning_buttons_on_and_off">turned off and on</a>.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To move a bookmark placed on the Personal Toolbar
-  quickly, click and drag the bookmark to another location on the Personal
-  Toolbar or to a folder.</p>
-  
-<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="status_bar">Status Bar</h3>
-
-<p>The Status Bar is located at the bottom of any &brandShortName; window. It
-  includes the following:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Component Bar: Allows you to switch between components. For more
-    information, see <a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a>.</li>
-  <li>Status information: Displays information like the web-page URL and load
-    status information.</li>
-  <li>Cookie notification icon
-    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/permissions/taskbar-cookie.gif"
-    alt="cookie notification icon"/>: 
-    Appears when a website has used a cookie in a way that requires you to be
-    notified. For more information, see
-    <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_notification">Cookie
-    Notification</a>.</li>
-  <li>Work Offline
-    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/offline.gif"
-    alt="work offline icon"/> or Work Online
-    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/online.gif"
-    alt="work online icon"/> icon: Click the icon to toggle working
-    offline or online. Working offline prevents &brandShortName; from
-    attempting to connect to the Internet, for example to load images on web
-    pages or automatically check email.</li>
-  <li>Lock icon (Example:
-    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.gif"
-    alt="lock icon"/>): Indicates whether the entire contents of the page
-    was encrypted while it was being received by your computer. For more
-    information, see
-    <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking
-    Security for a Web Page</a>.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="component_bar">Component Bar</h3>
-
-<p>Use the Component Bar at the bottom left of any &brandShortName; window to
-  switch between tasks (such as browsing or mail).</p>
-  
-<p><img src="images/taskbar.png" alt="component bar"/></p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</h3>
-
-<p>There are two ways to hide the toolbars.</p>
-
-<p>To minimize a toolbar:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Click the small triangle at the left of the toolbar. To show the toolbar,
-    click the triangle again. (Note: You cannot hide the Component Bar using
-    this method.)</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>To completely hide a toolbar, including its triangle:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the View menu.</li>
-  <li>Choose Show/Hide and uncheck the toolbars you want to hide.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>To reverse this action, open the View menu, choose Show, and then select
-  the toolbars you want to show.</p>
-  
-<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="bookmarks">Bookmarks</h2>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#what_are_bookmarks">What Are Bookmarks?</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#using_bookmarks">Using Bookmarks</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New Bookmarks</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#organizing_your_bookmarks">Organizing Your Bookmarks</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#changing_individual_bookmarks">Changing Individual
-      Bookmarks</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#searching_your_bookmarks">Searching Your Bookmarks</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Exporting or
-      Importing a Bookmark List</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h3 id="what_are_bookmarks">What Are Bookmarks?</h3>
-
-<p>Bookmarks are shortcuts to your favorite and most-visited web pages. Rather
-  than typing in long URLs (web addresses), you can create bookmarks that take
-  you directly to the pages you want to see.</p>
-
-<p>You access your bookmarks through the Bookmarks menu, the Bookmarks tab on
-  Sidebar, and the Manage Bookmarks window. You can control what&apos;s listed
-  in the Bookmarks menu by adding bookmarks for your favorite web pages and
-  organizing your list of bookmarks any way you want.</p>
-
-<h3 id="using_bookmarks">Using Bookmarks</h3>
-
-<p>&brandShortName; comes with some bookmarks already available. To use a
-  bookmark:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu.</li>
-  <li>Choose a bookmark from the list or from a folder in the list.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New Bookmarks</h3>
-
-<p>You can bookmark your favorite websites to make it easy to return to
-  them.</p>
-
-<p>To bookmark the current page, perform one of these steps:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks menu, open the Bookmarks menu and
-    choose Bookmark This Page.</li>
-  <li>To add a bookmark to a specific folder on the Bookmarks menu, or to
-    provide a specific name or URL for your bookmark:
-    <ol>
-      <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose File Bookmark. Choose from any of
-        these options: 
-        <ul>
-          <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter a name for the bookmark if you want
-            a different name.</li>
-          <li><strong>Location</strong>: Enter a URL for the bookmark if you
-            want a different URL.</li>
-          <li><strong>Keyword</strong>: Enter a keyword for the bookmark if you
-            want to be able to open the bookmarked page from the Location
-            Bar (see
-            <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark
-            Keywords</a>).</li>
-          <li><strong>Destination</strong>: Choose a folder in which to create
-            your bookmark.</li>
-          <li><strong>New Folder</strong>: Click this to create a new folder in
-            which to create your bookmark.</li>
-        </ul>
-      </li>
-      <li>Click OK to add the bookmark.</li>
-    </ol>
-  
-    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have multiple browser tabs open in a
-      window, you can select <q>Bookmark this groups of tabs</q> to add a
-      single bookmark that will open all of the open tabs in the current
-      window.</p>
-  </li>
-  <li>To add a bookmark to the Personal Toolbar, drag the bookmark icon
-    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
-    alt="image of bookmark icon"/> next to the Location Bar to a place on
-    the Personal Toolbar. You can drag a bookmark to the following places:
-    <ul>
-      <li>In the Bookmarks folder on the Personal Toolbar.</li>
-      <li>In a bookmarks folder you&apos;ve created on the Personal
-        Toolbar.</li>
-      <li>To the Personal Toolbar itself, on the right side of all bookmarks
-        folders.
-        <p>For more information about adding bookmarks to the Personal Toolbar,
-          see <a href="#adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Adding Personal
-          Toolbar bookmarks</a>.</p>
-      </li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<table summary="Image table">
-  <tr>
-    <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Personal Toolbar"/></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td><strong>Personal Toolbar</strong></td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks tab in Sidebar, open Sidebar, select
-    the Bookmarks tab, and drag the bookmark icon
-    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
-    alt="image of bookmark icon"/> next to the Location Bar to a place on
-    the bookmark list in the Bookmarks tab.
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p>
-<ul>
-  <li>The bookmark icon
-    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
-    alt="image of bookmark icon"/> may appear as another page-specific
-    icon if you have checked Show Website Icons in preferences. See
-    <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences -
-    Appearance</a> for more information on changing this preferences.</li>
-  <li>After adding a bookmark using any of the methods listed above, it can be
-    accessed using the Sidebar Bookmarks tab, the Manage Bookmarks window, and
-    the Bookmarks menu.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="organizing_your_bookmarks">Organizing Your Bookmarks</h3>
-
-<p>To organize your bookmarks, open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage
-  Bookmarks. Perform any of the following tasks in your Manage Bookmarks
-  window.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can open the Manage Bookmarks window from the
-  Bookmarks tab in Sidebar. Click on Manage at the top of the Bookmarks
-  tab.</p>
-
-<p>To view bookmarks inside of folders:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Double-click a folder to view its contents.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>To move a bookmark or a folder to another location in the list:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Drag the bookmark or folder that you want to move to the new location. To
-    put a bookmark in a folder, drag it to the folder.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>To create a new folder or separator:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Click New Folder or New Separator at the top of the Bookmarks window. The
-    new folder or separator appears below the current selection.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>To remove a bookmark or a folder from the list:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Click to highlight the bookmark or folder that you want to remove.</li>
-  <li>Press the Delete key on your keyboard, or click Delete in the Bookmarks
-    window.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>To sort your bookmarks in the Manage Bookmarks window:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li>Open the View menu and select how you want the list sorted (such as Sort
-    by Name or Sort by Location).
-
-    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To add more columns, open the View menu, open
-      <q>Show columns</q>, and select a column header in the list.</p></li>
-</ul>
-
-<h4>Designating a New Bookmark Folder</h4>
-
-<p>When you create a new bookmark, &brandShortName; normally adds it to the
-  bottom of your bookmarks list. If you prefer to file your bookmarks in a
-  folder, you can designate a new bookmarks folder.</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
-  <li>In your Bookmarks window, select a folder to hold new bookmarks.</li>
-  <li>Open the View menu and choose Set as New Bookmark Folder.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="changing_individual_bookmarks">Changing Individual Bookmarks</h3>
-
-<p>You can change the information for any individual bookmark.</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
-  <li>In your Bookmarks window, click a bookmark.</li>
-  <li>Click Properties.</li>
-  <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box window, click the Info tab.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>You can rename the bookmark (the name appears in your bookmark list),
-  add descriptive information, or set a 
-  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">keyword</a>.</p>
-
-<p>You can also set &brandShortName; to check bookmarked websites for
-  changes.</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
-  <li>In your Bookmarks window, click a bookmark.</li>
-  <li>Click Properties.</li>
-  <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box, click the Schedule tab.</li>
-  <li>Use the pull down lists to specify how frequently you want
-    &brandShortName; to check the bookmarked page for changes.</li>
-  <li>If you want to be notified when the bookmarked page changes, click the
-    Notify tab and choose a notification option.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="searching_your_bookmarks">Searching Your Bookmarks</h3>
-
-<p>To search the bookmarks list:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
-  <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Search
-    Bookmarks. You see the Find Bookmarks dialog box.</li>
-  <li>In the drop-down lists, choose options to define your search, and then
-    click Find. Bookmarks that match your search criteria are displayed. Choose
-    from the following Search options:
-    <ul>
-      <li>Choose "contains," "starts with," or "ends with" if you know only
-        part of the word or phrase for which you&apos;re searching.</li>
-      <li>Choose "is" if you know exactly what you&apos;re searching for.</li>
-      <li>Choose "is not" or "doesn&apos;t contain" to exclude pages.</li>
-      <li>Click the fill-in field and type all or part of name or URL
-        (web address) for the bookmarks or history listings that you want to
-        find or exclude.</li>
-      <li>Select <q>Save query in bookmarks</q> to save this search for
-        later use.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li>Double-click a bookmark in the list to go to that page.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If the list is hard to read, try expanding the search
-  results window.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Exporting or Importing a
-  Bookmark List</h3>
-
-<p>Your bookmarks are stored in a file named bookmarks.html. You can export a
-  copy of this file and save it in a folder of your choosing. You can then edit
-  it and treat it as you would any HTML file.</p>
-  
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
-  <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu, and choose Export.</li>
-  <li>In the <q>Export Bookmarks File</q> dialog box, choose a folder.
-    Your bookmarks.html file will be copied into the folder you designate.</li>
-  <li>Click Save.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>Your &brandShortName; bookmarks are not altered by this procedure.</p>
-
-<p>You can also import bookmarks files from other sources. For example, you can
-  import bookmarks files from earlier &brandShortName; versions, other
-  browsers, or from bookmarks files that your friends send you.</p>
-
-<p>Before you start, make sure that the bookmarks file you want to import is an
-  HTML file.</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
-  <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Import.</li>
-  <li>In the <q>Import Bookmarks File</q> dialog box, locate and select
-    the bookmarks file you want to import.</li>
-  <li>Click Open.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>The imported bookmarks file is treated as a group of new bookmarks and added
-  to the bottom of your bookmarks list. If you have designated a new bookmark
-  folder, the imported bookmarks are added to that folder.</p>
-
-<p><strong>Note</strong>: Importing a bookmarks file imports the bookmarks and
-  folders from that file. It does not create two bookmarks files.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
-
-<h2 id="specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying How &brandShortName;
-  Starts Up</h2>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#specifying_a_starting_page">Specifying a Starting Page</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#changing_your_home_page">Changing Your Home Page</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Specifying Which
-      Components Open at Launch</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h3 id="specifying_a_starting_page">Specifying a Starting Page</h3>
-
-<p>You can specify the page that loads when the browser starts:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Under "Display on Browser Startup" choose whether you want a
-    blank page, your home page, or the last web page visited to open
-    automatically when you launch your browser.
-  <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you selected Home Page, type the URL in the
-    Location Bar.</p></li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="changing_your_home_page">Changing Your Home Page</h3>
-
-<p>Your home page is the page that opens when you click the Home button in the
-  Personal Toolbar. Depending on how your preferences are set, it may also be
-  the page that opens automatically when you launch &brandShortName;.</p>
-
-<p>To specify your home page:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Click the Browser category.</li>
-  <li>In the Home page section, perform one of the following:
-    <ul>
-      <li>Type your home page&apos;s URL (web address) in the Location
-        field.</li>
-      <li>Click Use Current Page to make the page currently displayed in the
-        browser window your home page.</li>
-      <li>Click Choose File to select a file from your computer&apos;s hard
-        drive.</li>
-   </ul>
- </li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To specify your home page quickly, drag the bookmark
-  icon <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
-  alt="image of bookmark icon"/> from the Location Bar to the Home Page
-  button on the Personal Toolbar.</p>
-
-<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<h3 id="specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Specifying Which Components
-  Open at Launch</h3>
-
-<p>You can choose components (such as Mail &amp; Newsgroups and Composer) to
-  launch when you start &brandShortName;:</p>
-
-<ol>
-  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
-    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
-  <li>Click the Appearance category.</li>
-  <li>Select the components you want opened automatically each time you start
-    &brandShortName;.</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
-  section</a>]</p>
-
-<p>&copyright.string;</p>
-
-</body>
-</html>
deleted file mode 100644
--- a/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
-  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
-  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
-  %brandDTD;
-]>
-
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
-<head>
-<title>&brandShortName; Tools and Development</title>
-<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
-  type="text/css"/>
-</head>
-<body>
-
-<h1 id="web_development_tools">Web Development Tools</h1>
-
-<p>For web developers, &brandShortName; provides several tools to aid in
-  developing and debugging Web applications. Some of these are optional
-  installs. To access these tools, open the Tools menu and choose Web
-  Development.</p>
-
-<ul class="separate">
-  <li id="js_console">
-    <strong>Error Console</strong>: a console window that reports problems
-    with <a href="glossary.xhtml#javascript">JavaScript</a> and CSS code in
-    Web applications and the &brandShortName; application itself. By default, 
-    CSS parsing errors and JavaScript errors are displayed. The console can 
-    also be used to display logged messages from <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul">
-    XUL</a> and JavaScript code.
-  </li>
-  <li id="inspector">
-    <strong>DOM Inspector</strong>: a tool that can be
-    used to inspect and edit the DOM of any web document or XUL
-    application.
-
-    <p>Online resources:</p>
-    
-    <ul>
-      <li><a href="http://www.brownhen.com/DI/">Introduction to the DOM
-        Inspector</a> (Ian Oeschger)</li>
-      <li><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/inspector/faq.html">DOM
-        Inspector FAQ</a> (mozilla.org)</li>
-      <!-- 2006-01-27: Removed link (404).
-      <li><a href="http://gr.ayre.st/moz/evangelism/tutorials/dominspectortutorial.shtml">grayrest&apos;s
-        Guide to the DOM Inspector</a></li>
-      -->
-      <li>Creating Applications with Mozilla - Appendix B3:
-        <a href="http://books.mozdev.org/html/mozilla-app-b-sect-3.html">The
-        DOM Inspector</a></li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li id="venkman">
-    <strong>JavaScript Debugger</strong>: also known as Venkman, this utility
-    allows you to debug JavaScript in &brandShortName;. It supports stepping,
-    breakpoints and many other features.
-
-    <p>Online resources:</p>
-
-    <ul>
-      <li><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/venkman/">Venkman JavaScript
-        Debugger Homepage</a></li>
-      <li><a href="http://www.svendtofte.com/code/learning_venkman/">Learning
-        the JavaScript debugger Venkman</a> (Svend Tofte)</li>
-      <li><a href="http://www.webreference.com/programming/javascript/venkman/">Debugging
-        JavaScript Using Venkman</a> (webreference.com, article series)</li>
-      <li><a href="http://www.hacksrus.com/~ginda/venkman/">Venkman Development
-        Homepage</a></li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>&copyright.string;</p>
-
-</body>
-</html>
deleted file mode 100644
--- a/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
-  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
-  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
-  %brandDTD;
-]>
-
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
-<head>
-<title>For Microsoft Internet Explorer Users</title>
-<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
-  type="text/css"/>
-</head>
-<body>
-
-<h1 id="for_internet_explorer_users">For Internet Explorer Users</h1>
-
-<p>If you&apos;ve been using Microsoft&reg; Internet Explorer, you&apos;ll find
-  that it&apos;s easy to begin using &brandShortName; for
-  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#browsing_the_web">browsing the web</a>,
-  <a href="mail_help.xhtml">managing your mail</a>, and much more.</p>
-
-<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
-  <ul>
-    <li><a href="#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences">&brandShortName;
-      and Internet Explorer Terminology Differences</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#about_your_ie_favorites">About Your IE Favorites</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#browser_features">Browser Features</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#other_features">Other Features</a></li>
-    <li><a href="#keyboard_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</a></li>
-  </ul>
-</div>
-
-<h2 id="mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences">&brandShortName;
-  and Internet Explorer Terminology Differences</h2>
-
-<table class="defaultTable">
-  <thead>
-    <tr>
-      <th>Internet Explorer</th>
-      <th>&brandShortName;</th>
-    </tr>
-  </thead>
-  <tbody class="tbody-default">
-    <tr>
-      <td>Internet Options</td>
-      <td><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Preferences</a></td>
-    </tr>
-    <tr>
-      <td>Temporary Internet Files</td>
-      <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings">Cache</a></td>
-    </tr>
-    <tr>
-      <td>Favorites</td>
-      <td><a href="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></td>
-    </tr>
-    <tr>
-      <td>Address Bar</td>
-      <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page">Location Bar</a></td>
-    </tr>
-    <tr>
-      <td>Refresh</td>
-      <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading">Reload</a></td>
-    </tr>
-    <tr>
-      <td>Links Bar</td>
-      <td><a href="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a></td>
-    </tr>
-    <tr>
-      <td>Copy Shortcut</td>
-      <td>Copy Link Location</td>
-    </tr>
-  </tbody>
-</table>
-
-<h2 id="about_your_ie_favorites">About Your IE Favorites</h2>
-
-<p>Your IE Favorites are imported automatically. To access them, open the
-  Bookmarks menu and choose Imported IE Favorites.</p>
-
-<h2 id="browser_features">Browser Features</h2>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong><a href="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing">Tabbed
-    Browsing</a></strong>: Instead of opening a separate browser window for
-    each site you want to visit, you can open multiple sites within the same
-    window and tab between them. You can also
-    <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">set a group of tabs as
-    your home page</a>.</li>
-  <li><strong><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml">Pop-up Window
-    Controls</a></strong>: Lets you allow or suppress both popup and popunder
-    windows.</li>
-  <li><strong><a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a></strong>:
-    Customize &brandShortName; with frequently accessed content and tools such
-    as news, stock quotes, your bookmarks, browser history, and many other
-    options.</li>
-  <li><strong><a href="profiles_help.xhtml#managing_profiles">Profile
-    Manager</a></strong>: Create different profiles, each with its own
-    bookmarks, preferences, mail settings, and so on. This is useful if you
-    must share &brandShortName; on the same computer with other people, or
-    if you want to keep your work and personal settings separate.</li>
-  <li><strong><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml">Cookie Manager</a></strong>: Lets
-    you change what &brandShortName; will do when accepting cookies through its
-    support for the <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#privacy_settings">P3P
-    privacy standard</a>.</li>
-  <li><strong><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images">Image
-    Manager</a></strong>: Enables you to disable images from certain websites,
-    or disable them all together. This is useful if you wish to decrease the
-    amount of time it takes for websites to load.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<h2 id="other_features">Other Features</h2>
-
-<p>In the lower left-hand corner of your browser, a component bar gives you
-  quick access to several useful features:</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li><strong><a href="mail_help.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups</a></strong>:
-    Conveniently manage all your Internet communications. You can set up and
-    maintain multiple  business and personal mail accounts and Internet
-    newsgroups, all from one window. You can
-    <a href="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs">import</a>
-    mail and settings from other popular email programs.</li>
-  <li><strong><a href="mail_help.xhtml#using_address_books">Address
-    Books</a></strong>: Create an address book or
-    <a href="mail_help.xhtml#importing_address_books">import</a> contact
-    information from other popular mail programs.</li>
-  <li><strong><a href="composer_help.xhtml">Composer</a></strong>:
-    Create, edit, and publish your pages on the web with this built-in web page
-    editor.</li>
-  <li><strong>ChatZilla</strong>: Built-in IRC client that lets you chat with
-    other people over IRC networks.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<h2 id="keyboard_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</h2>
-
-<p>You will notice that Microsoft Internet Explorer and &brandShortName;
-  share many of the same shortcut keys. For a full list of shortcut keys, see
-  the List of <a href="shortcuts.xhtml">&brandShortName; Keyboard
-  Shortcuts</a>.</p>
-
-<p>&copyright.string;</p>
-
-</body>
-</html>
deleted file mode 100644
--- a/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,742 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
-  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
-  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
-  %brandDTD;
-]>
-
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
-<head>
-<title>Glossary</title>
-<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
-  type="text/css"/>
-</head>
-<body>
-
-<div class="boilerPlate">This glossary is provided for your information only,
-  and is not meant to be relied upon as a complete or authoritative description
-  of the terms defined below or of the privacy and/or security ramifications of
-  the technologies described.</div>
-
-<h1 id="glossary">Glossary</h1>
-
-<dl>
-
-<dt id="authentication">authentication</dt><dd>The use of a password,
-  certificate, personal identification number (PIN), or other information to
-  validate an identity over a computer network. See also
-  <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based authentication</a>,
-  <a href="#certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based
-  authentication</a>, <a href="#client_authentication">client
-  authentication</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">server
-  authentication</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="bookmark">bookmark</dt><dd>A stored <a href="#web_page">web page</a>
-  address (<a href="#url">URL</a>) that you can go to easily by clicking a
-  bookmark icon in the <a href="#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a> or
-  choosing the bookmark&apos;s name from the Bookmarks menu.</dd>
-
-<dt id="ca">CA</dt><dd>See <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate
-  authority (CA)</a></dd>
-
-<dt id="ca_certificate">CA certificate</dt><dd>A certificate that
-  identifies a certificate authority. See also
-  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>,
-  <a href="#subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</a>, <a href="#root_ca">root
-  CA</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="cache">cache</dt><dd>A collection of web page copies stored
-  on your computer&apos;s hard disk or in its random-access memory (RAM). The
-  browser accumulates these copies as you browse the Web. When you click a link
-  or type a <a href="#url">URL</a> to fetch a particular web page for which the
-  cache already contains a copy, the browser compares the cached copy to the
-  original. If there have been no changes, the browser uses the cached copy
-  rather than refetching the original, saving processing and download
-  time.</dd>
-
-<dt id="certificate">certificate</dt><dd>The digital equivalent of an ID card.
-  A certificate specifies the name of an individual, company, or other entity
-  and certifies that a public key, which is included in the certificate,
-  belongs to that entity. When you digitally sign a message or other data, the
-  digital signature for that message is created with the aid of the private key
-  that corresponds to the public key in your certificate. A certificate is
-  issued and digitally signed by a <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate
-  authority (CA)</a>. A certificate&apos;s validity can be verified by checking
-  the CA&apos;s <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a>. Also called
-  digital ID, digital passport, public-key certificate, X.509 certificate, and
-  security certificate. See also <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key
-  cryptography</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</dt><dd>A service
-  that issues a certificate after verifying the identity of the person or
-  entity the certificate is intended to identify. A CA also renews and revokes
-  certificates and generates a list of revoked certificates at regular
-  intervals. CAs can be independent vendors or a person or organization using
-  certificate-issuing server software (such as &brandShortName; Certificate
-  Management System). See also <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>,
-  <a href="#crl">CRL (certificate revocation list)</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="certificate_backup_password">certificate backup password</dt><dd>A
-  password that protects a certificate that you are backing up or have
-  previously backed up. Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when
-  you back up a certificate, and requests it when you attempt to restore a
-  certificate that has previously been backed up.</dd>
-
-<dt id="certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based
-  authentication</dt><dd>Verification of identity based on certificates and
-  public-key cryptography. See also
-  <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based
-  authentication</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="certificate_chain">certificate chain</dt><dd>A hierarchical series of
-  certificates signed by successive certificate authorities. A CA certificate
-  identifies a <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
-  and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate
-  can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to a
-  <a href="#root_ca">root CA</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="certificate_fingerprint">certificate fingerprint</dt><dd>
-  A unique number associated with a certificate. The number is not part of
-  the certificate itself but is produced by applying a mathematical function to
-  the contents of the certificate. If the contents of the certificate change,
-  even by a single character, the function produces a different number.
-  Certificate fingerprints can therefore be used to verify that certificates
-  have not been tampered with.</dd>
-
-<dt id="certificate_manager">Certificate
-  Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser that allows you to view and manage
-  certificates. To view the main Certificate Manager window: Open the
-  <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
-  menu, choose Preferences, click Privacy and Security, and then click Manage
-  Certificates.</dd>
-
-<dt id="certificate_renewal">certificate renewal</dt><dd>The process of
-  renewing a <a href="#certificate">certificate</a> that is about to
-  expire.</dd>
-
-<dt id="certificate_verification">certificate verification</dt><dd>When
-  <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> verifies a
-  certificate, it confirms that the digital signature was created by a CA whose
-  own CA certificate is both on file with Certificate Manager and marked as
-  trusted for issuing that kind of certificate. It also confirms that the
-  certificate being verified has not itself been marked as untrusted. Finally,
-  if the <a href="#ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</a> has been
-  activated, Certificate Manager also performs an online check. It does so by
-  looking up the certificate in a list of valid certificates maintained at a
-  <a href="#url">URL</a> that is specified either in the certificate itself or
-  in the browser&apos;s Validation preferences. If any of these checks fail,
-  Certificate Manager marks the certificate as unverified and won&apos;t
-  recognize the identity it certifies.</dd>
-
-<dt id="cipher">cipher</dt><dd>See
-  <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="client">client</dt><dd>Software (such as browser software) that sends
-  requests to and receives information from a <a href="#server">server</a>,
-  which is usually running on a different computer. A computer on which client
-  software runs is also described as a client.</dd>
-
-<dt id="client_authentication">client authentication</dt><dd>The process of
-  identifying a <a href="#client">client</a> to a <a href="#server">server</a>,
-  for example with a name and password or with a
-  <a href="#client_ssl_certificate">client SSL certificate</a> and some
-  digitally signed data. See also <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure
-  Sockets Layer)</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">server
-  authentication</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="client_ssl_certificate">client SSL certificate</dt><dd>A certificate
-  that a <a href="#client">client</a> (such as browser software) presents to a
-  <a href="#server">server</a> to authenticate the identity of the client
-  (or the identity of the person using the client) using the
-  <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a> protocol. See
-  also <a href="#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="component_bar">Component Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar located at the bottom
-  left of any &brandShortName; window. The Component Bar allows you to switch
-  between &brandShortName; components by clicking icons for Browser,
-  Mail &amp; Newsgroups, Composer, and so on.</dd>
-
-<dt id="cookie">cookie</dt><dd>A small bit of information stored on your
-  computer by some <a href="#web_site">websites</a>. When you visit such a
-  site, the site asks your browser to place one or more cookies on your hard
-  disk. Later, when you return to the site, your browser sends the site the
-  cookies that belong to it. Cookies help websites keep track of information
-  about you, such as the contents of your shopping cart. You can set your
-  cookie preferences to control how cookies are used and how much information
-  you are willing to let websites store on them. See also
-  <a href="#foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="cookie_manager">Cookie Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser
-  that you can use to control <a href="#cookie">cookies</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="crl">CRL (certificate revocation list)</dt><dd>A list of revoked
-  certificates that is generated and signed by a
-  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>. You can
-  download the latest CRL to your browser or to a server, then check against it
-  to make sure that certificates are still valid before permitting their use
-  for authentication.</dd>
-
-<dt id="cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</dt><dd>A set of
-  rules or directions used to perform cryptographic operations such as
-  <a href="#encryption">encryption</a> and
-  <a href="#decryption">decryption</a>. Sometimes called a
-  <em>cipher.</em></dd>
-
-<dt id="cryptography">cryptography</dt><dd>The art and practice of scrambling
-  (encrypting) and unscrambling (decrypting) information. For example,
-  cryptographic techniques are used to scramble an unscramble information
-  flowing between commercial websites and your browser. See also
-  <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="decryption">decryption</dt><dd>The process of unscrambling data that
-  has been encrypted. See also <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="digital_id">digital ID</dt><dd>
-  See <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="digital_signature">digital signature</dt><dd>A code created from both
-  the data to be signed and the private key of the signer. This code is unique
-  for each new piece of data. Even a single comma added to a message changes
-  the digital signature for that message. Successful validation of your digital
-  signature by appropriate software not only provides evidence that you
-  approved the transaction or message, but also provides evidence that the data
-  has not changed since you digitally signed it. A digital signature has
-  nothing to do with a handwritten signature, although it can sometimes be used
-  for similar legal purposes. See also
-  <a href="#nonrepudiation">nonrepudiation</a>,
-  <a href="#tamper_detection">tamper detection</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="distinguished_name">distinguished name (DN)</dt><dd>A specially
-  formatted name that uniquely identifies the subject of a
-  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</dt><dd>Two public-private key
-  pairs&mdash;four keys altogether&mdash;corresponding to two separate
-  certificates. The private key of one pair is used for signing operations, and
-  the public and private keys of the other pair are used for encryption and
-  decryption operations. Each pair corresponds to a separate
-  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. See also
-  <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="eavesdropping">eavesdropping</dt><dd>Surreptitious interception of
-  information sent over a network by an entity for which the information is not
-  intended.</dd>
-
-<dt id="encryption">encryption</dt><dd>The process of scrambling information in
-  a way that disguises its meaning. For example, encrypted connections between
-  computers make it very difficult for third-parties to unscramble, or
-  <em>decrypt</em>, information flowing over the connection. Encrypted
-  information can be decrypted only by someone who possesses the appropriate
-  key. See also <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key
-  cryptography</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</dt><dd>A
-  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a> whose public key is used for
-  encryption only. Encryption certificates are not used for signing operations.
-  See also <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>,
-  <a href="#signing_certificate">signing certificate</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="encryption_key">encryption key</dt><dd>A private key used for
-  encryption only. An encryption key and its equivalent private key, plus a
-  <a href="#signing_key">signing key</a> and its equivalent public key,
-  constitute a <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="fingerprint">fingerprint</dt><dd>See
-  <a href="#certificate_fingerprint">certificate fingerprint</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="fips_pubs_140-1">FIPS PUBS 140-1</dt><dd>Federal Information Processing
-  Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 is a US government standard for
-  implementations of cryptographic modules&mdash;that is, hardware or software
-  that encrypts and decrypts data or performs other cryptographic operations
-  (such as creating or verifying digital signatures). Many products sold to the
-  US government must comply with one or more of the FIPS standards.</dd>
-
-<dt id="foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</dt><dd>A <a href="#cookie">cookie</a>
-  from one site that gets stored on your computer when you visit a different
-  site. Sometimes a <a href="#web_site">website</a> displays content that is
-  hosted on another website. That content can be anything from an image to text
-  or an advertisement. The second website that hosts such elements also has the
-  ability to store a cookie in your browser, even though you don&apos;t visit
-  it directly. Also known as <q>third-party cookie</q>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="form_manager">Form Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser that can
-  help you save the personal data you enter into online forms, such as your
-  name, address, phone, and so on. Then, when a website presents you with a
-  form, Form Manager can fill it in automatically.</dd>
-
-<dt id="frame">frame</dt><dd>Frames are <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>
-  contained inside of an all-encompasssing <q>meta</q> page.</dd>
-
-<dt id="ftp">FTP (File Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>A
-  standard that allows users to transfer files from one computer to another
-  over a network. You can use your browser to fetch files using FTP.</dd>
-
-<dt id="gopher">Gopher</dt><dd>A protocol used to search and retrieve
-  information on Internet <a href="#server">servers</a>, common before the
-  emergence of the <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="helper_application">helper application</dt><dd>Any application that is
-  used to open or view a file downloaded by the browser. A
-  <a href="#plugin">plugin</a> is a special kind of helper application that
-  installs itself into the Plugins directory of the main browser installation
-  directory and can typically be opened within the browser itself (internally).
-  Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop, and other external applications are
-  considered helper applications but not plugins, since they don&apos;t
-  install themselves into the browser directory, but can be opened from the
-  download dialog box.</dd>
-
-<dt id="home_page">home page</dt><dd>The page your browser is set to display
-  every time you launch it or when you click the Home button. Also used to
-  refer to the main page for a website, from which you can explore the rest of
-  the site.</dd>
-
-<dt id="html">HTML (HyperText Markup Language)</dt><dd>The document format used
-  for web pages. The HTML standard defines tags, or codes, used to define the
-  text layout, fonts, style, images, and other elements that make up a web
-  page.</dd>
-
-<dt id="http">HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>The protocol used to
-  transfer <a href="#web_page">web pages</a> (HyperText documents) between
-  browsers and <a href="#server">servers</a> over the
-  <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="https">HTTPS (HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure)</dt><dd>The secure
-  version of the HTTP protocol that uses <a href="#ssl">SSL</a> to ensure the
-  privacy of customer data (such as credit card information) while en route
-  over the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="imap">IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard mail
-  server protocol that allows you to store all your messages and any changes to
-  them on the server rather than on your computer&apos;s hard disk. Using IMAP
-  rather than <a href="#pop">POP</a> saves disk space and allows you to access
-  your entire mailbox, including sent mail, drafts, and custom folders, from
-  any location. Using an IMAP server over a modem is generally faster than
-  using a POP mail server, since you initially download message headers only.
-  Not all <a href="#isp">ISPs</a> support IMAP.</dd>
-
-<dt id="implicit_consent">implicit consent</dt><dd>Also known as implied or
-  <q>opt-out</q> consent. Used to describe privacy settings that may allow
-  websites to gather information about you (for example by means of
-  <a href="#cookie">cookies</a> and online forms) unless you explicitly choose
-  to withhold your consent by selecting an option on a page that the website
-  provides for that purpose. Your consent may not be requested when the
-  information is actually gathered.</dd>
-
-<dt id="internet">Internet</dt><dd>A worldwide network of millions of computers
-  that communicate with each other using standard protocols such as
-  <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>. Originally developed for the US military in
-  1969, the Internet grew to include educational and research institutions and,
-  in the late 1990s, millions of businesses, organizations, and individuals.
-  Today the Internet is used for email, browsing the
-  <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>, instant messaging,
-  usegroups, and many other purposes.</dd>
-
-<dt id="ip_address">IP address (Internet protocol address)</dt><dd>The address
-  of a computer on a <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> network. Every computer on
-  the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> has an IP address.
-  <a href="#client">Clients</a> have either a permanent IP address or one that
-  is dynamically assigned to them each time they connect with the network. IP
-  addresses are written as four sets of numbers, like this: 204.171.64.2.</dd>
-
-<dt id="irc">IRC (Internet Relay Chat)</dt><dd>A protocol used to chat with
-  other people in real-time using an IRC <a href="#client">client</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="isp">ISP (Internet Service Provider)</dt><dd>A company/institution
-  that provides <a href="#internet">Internet</a> connections.</dd>
-
-<dt id="java">Java</dt><dd>A programming language developed by Sun
-  Microsystems. A single Java program can run on many different kinds of
-  computers, thus avoiding the need for programmers to create a separate
-  version of each program for each kind of computer. Your browser can
-  automatically download and run Java programs (also called applets).</dd>
-
-<dt id="javascript">JavaScript</dt><dd>A scripting language commonly used to
-  construct <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>. Programmers use JavaScript to
-  make web pages more interactive; for example, to display forms and buttons.
-  JavaScript can be used with <a href="#java">Java</a>, but is technically a
-  separate language. Java is not required for JavaScript to work
-  correctly.</dd>
-
-<dt id="key">key</dt><dd>A large number used by a
-  <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a> to encrypt or
-  decrypt data. A person&apos;s public key, for example, allows other people to
-  encrypt messages to that person. The encrypted messages must be decrypted
-  with the corresponding private key. See also
-  <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="ldap">LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard
-  protocol for accessing directory services, such as corporate address books,
-  across multiple platforms. You can set up your browser to access LDAP
-  directories from the Address Book. You can also set up Mail &amp; Newsgroups
-  to use an LDAP directory for email address autocompletion.</dd>
-
-<dt id="location_bar">Location Bar</dt><dd>The field (and associated buttons)
-  near the top of a browser window where you can type a
-  <a href="#url">URL</a> or search terms.</dd>
-
-<dt id="master_key">master key</dt><dd>A symmetric key used by
-  <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> to encrypt
-  information. For example, <a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a>
-  uses Certificate Manager and your master key to encrypt email passwords,
-  website passwords, and other stored sensitive information. See also
-  <a href="#symmetric_encryption">symmetric encryption</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="master_password">master password</dt><dd>A password used by
-  Certificate Manager to protect the master key and/or private keys stored on a
-  <a href="#security_device">security device</a>. Certificate Manager needs to
-  access your private keys, for example, when you sign email messages or use
-  one of your own certificates to identify yourself to a website. It needs to
-  access your master key when Password Manager or Form Manager reads or adds to
-  your personal information. You can set or change your master password from
-  the Master Passwords preferences panel. Each security device requires a
-  separate master password. See also <a href="#private_key">private key</a>,
-  <a href="#master_key">master key</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="misrepresentation">misrepresentation</dt><dd>Presentation of an entity
-  as a person or organization that it is not. For example, a website might
-  pretend to be a furniture store when it is really just a site that takes
-  credit card payments but never sends any goods. See also
-  <a href="#spoofing">spoofing</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</dt><dd>The toolbar near the top
-  of the browser window that includes the Back and Forward buttons.</dd>
-
-<dt id="nonrepudiation">nonrepudiation</dt><dd>The inability, of the sender of
-  a message, to deny having sent the message. A regular hand-written signature
-  provides one form of nonrepudiation. A
-  <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a> provides another.</dd>
-
-<dt id="object_signing">object signing</dt><dd>A technology that allows
-  software developers to sign Java code, JavaScript scripts, or any kind of
-  file, and that allows users to identify the signers and control access by
-  signed code to local system resources.</dd>
-
-<dt id="object-signing_certificate">object-signing certificate</dt><dd>A
-  certificate whose corresponding private key is used to sign objects such as
-  code files. See also <a href="#object_signing">object signing</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</dt><dd>A set of rules
-  that <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> follows to
-  perform an online check of a certificate&apos;s validity each time the
-  certificate is used. This process involves checking the certificate against a
-  list of valid certificates maintained at a specified website. Your computer
-  must be online for OCSP to work.</dd>
-
-<dt id="p3p">P3P (Platform for Privacy Preferences)</dt><dd>A standard
-  published by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) designed to help users to
-  gain more control over the use of personal information by websites they
-  visit. For general information on the standard itself, see the online
-  document <a href="http://www.w3.org/P3P/">P3P Public Overview</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="password-based_authentication">password-based
-  authentication</dt><dd>Confident identification by means of a name and
-  password. See also <a href="#authentication">authentication</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="password_manager">Password Manager</dt><dd>The part of the
-  browser that can help you remember some or all of your names and passwords by
-  storing them on your computer&apos;s hard disk, and entering them for you
-  automatically when you visit such sites.</dd>
-
-<dt id="personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</dt><dd>The customizable toolbar
-  that appears just below the location bar by default in the browser. It
-  contains standard buttons such as Home, Bookmarks, and so on that you can add
-  or remove. You can also add buttons for your favorite bookmarks, or folders
-  containing groups of bookmarks.</dd>
-
-<dt id="phishing">Phishing</dt><dd>Phishing is a fraudulent business scheme in
-  which a party creates counterfeit websites, hijacking brand names of banks,
-  e-retailers and credit card companies, trying to collect victims&apos;
-  personal information.</dd>
-
-<dt id="pkcs_11">PKCS #11</dt><dd>The public-key cryptography standard that
-  governs security devices such as smart cards. See also
-  <a href="#security_device">security device</a>, <a href="#smart_card">smart
-  card</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</dt><dd>A program on your computer
-  that manages cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption using
-  the PKCS #11 standard. Also called <em>cryptographic modules</em>,
-  <em>cryptographic service providers</em>, or <em>security modules</em>,
-  PKCS #11 modules control either hardware or software devices. A PKCS #11
-  module always controls one or more slots, which may be implemented as some
-  form of physical reader (for example, for reading smart cards) or in
-  software. Each slot for a PKCS #11 module can in turn contain a
-  <a href="#security_device">security device</a> (also called <em>token</em>),
-  which is the hardware or software device that provides cryptographic services
-  and stores certificates and keys. <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
-  Manager</a> provides two built-in PKCS #11 modules. You may install
-  additional modules on your computer to control smart card readers or other
-  hardware devices.</dd>
-
-<dt id="pki">PKI (public-key infrastructure)</dt><dd>The standards and services
-  that facilitate the use of public-key cryptography and certificates in a
-  networked environment.</dd>
-
-<dt id="plugin">plugin</dt><dd>A type of
-  <a href="#helper_application">helper application</a> that adds new
-  capabilities to your browser, such as the ability to play audio or video
-  clips. Unlike other kinds of helper applications, a plugin application
-  installs itself into the Plugins directory within the main browser
-  installation directory and typically can be opened within the browser itself
-  (internally). For example, an audio plugin lets you listen to audio files on
-  a <a href="#web_page">web page</a> or in an email message. Macromedia Flash
-  Player and Java are both examples of plugin applications.</dd>
-
-<dt id="pop">POP (Post Office Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard mail server protocol
-  that requires you to download new messages to your local
-  computer&mdash;although you can choose to leave copies on the server. With
-  POP, you can store all your messages, including sent mail, drafts, and custom
-  folders, on one computer only. By contrast,
-  <a href="#imap">IMAP</a> allows you to permanently store all your messages
-  and any changes to them on the server, where you can access them from any
-  computer. Most <a href="#isp">ISPs</a> currently support POP.</dd>
-
-<dt id="private_key">private key</dt><dd>One of a pair of
-  <a href="#key">keys</a> used in public-key cryptography. The private key is
-  kept secret and is used to decrypt data that has been encrypted with the
-  corresponding public key.</dd>
-
-<dt id="proxy">proxy</dt><dd>An intermediary or <q>go-between</q> program that
-  acts as both a <a href="#server">server</a> and a
-  <a href="#client">client</a> for the purpose of making requests on behalf of
-  other clients.</dd>
-
-<dt id="public_key">public key</dt><dd>
-  One of a pair of <a href="#key">keys</a> used in public-key cryptography.
-  The public key is distributed freely and published as part of a
-  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. It is typically used to encrypt data
-  sent to the public key&apos;s owner, who then decrypts the data with the
-  corresponding private key.</dd>
-
-<dt id="public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</dt><dd>A set of
-  well-established techniques and standards that allow an entity (such as a
-  person, an organization, or hardware such as a router) to verify its identity
-  electronically or to sign and encrypt electronic data. Two keys are involved:
-  a <a href="#public_key">public key</a> and a <a href="#private_key">private
-  key</a>. The public key is published as part of a
-  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>, which associates that key with a
-  particular identity. The corresponding private key is kept secret. Data
-  encrypted with the public key can be decrypted only with the private key.
-  </dd>
-
-<dt id="roaming_profile">roaming profile</dt><dd>A user profile (or parts of
-  it) stored on a remote <a href="#server">server</a> and used for sharing the
-  same settings and data across multiple computers.</dd>
-
-<dt id="root_ca">root CA</dt><dd>The
-  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> with a
-  self-signed certificate at the top of a
-  <a href="#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a>. See also
-  <a href="#subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="search_engine">search engine</dt><dd>A web-based program that allows
-  users to search for and retrieve specific information from the
-  <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>. The search engine may
-  search the full text of web documents or a list of keywords, or use
-  librarians who review web documents and index them manually for retrieval.
-  Typically, the user types a word or phrase, also called a query, into a
-  search box, and the search engine displays links to relevant web pages.</dd>
-
-<dt id="security_certificate">security certificate</dt><dd>See
-  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="security_device">security device</dt><dd>Hardware or software that
-  provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption and can
-  store certificates and keys. A <a href="#smart_card">smart card</a> is one
-  example of a security device implemented in hardware.
-  <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> contains its own
-  built-in security device, called the
-  <a href="#software_security_device">software security device</a>, that is
-  always available while the browser is running. Each security device is
-  protected by its own <a href="#master_password">master password</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="security_module">security module</dt><dd>See
-  <a href="#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="security_token">security token</dt><dd>See
-  <a href="#security_device">security device</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="server">server</dt><dd>Software (such as software that serves up web
-  pages) that receives requests from and sends information to a
-  <a href="#client">client</a>, which is usually running on a different
-  computer. A computer on which server software runs is also described as a
-  server.</dd>
-
-<dt id="server_authentication">server authentication</dt><dd>The process of
-  identifying a <a href="#server">server</a> to a <a href="#client">client</a>
-  by using a <a href="#server_ssl_certificate">server SSL certificate</a>. See
-  also <a href="#client_authentication">client authentication</a>,
-  <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="server_ssl_certificate">server SSL certificate</dt><dd>A
-  certificate that a <a href="#server">server</a> presents to a
-  <a href="#client">client</a> to authenticate the server&apos;s identity using
-  the <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a> protocol.</dd>
-
-<dt id="signing_certificate">signing certificate</dt><dd>A certificate whose
-  corresponding <a href="#private_key">private key</a> is used to sign
-  transmitted data, so that the receiver can verify the identity of the sender.
-  Certificate authorities (CAs) often issue a signing certificate that will be
-  used to sign email messages at the same time as an
-  <a href="#encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</a> that will be
-  used to encrypt email messages. See also <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key
-  pairs</a>, <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="signing_key">signing key</dt><dd>A private key used for signing only.
-  A signing key and its equivalent public key, together with an
-  <a href="#encryption_key">encryption key</a> and its equivalent private key,
-  constitute <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="slot">slot</dt><dd>A piece of hardware, or its equivalent in software,
-  that is controlled by a <a href="#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a> and
-  designed to contain a <a href="#security_device">security device</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="smart_card">smart card</dt><dd>A small device, typically about the size
-  of a credit card, that contains a microprocessor and is capable of storing
-  cryptographic information (such as keys and certificates) and performing
-  cryptographic operations. Smart cards use the <a href="#pkcs_11">PKCS #11</a>
-  standard. A smart card is one kind of <a href="#security_device">security
-  device</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="smtp">SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>A protocol that
-  sends email messages across the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="socks">SOCKS</dt><dd>A protocol that a <a href="#proxy">proxy</a>
-  server can use to accept requests from client users in an internal network
-  so that it can forward them across the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="software_security_device">software security device</dt><dd>The default
-  <a href="#security_device">security device</a> used by
-  <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> to store private keys
-  associated with your certificates. In addition to private keys, the software
-  security device stores the master key used by
-  <a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a> to encrypt email passwords,
-  website passwords, and other sensitive information. See also
-  <a href="#private_key">private key</a> and <a href="#master_password">master
-  key</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="spoofing">spoofing</dt><dd>Pretending to be someone else. For example,
-  a person can pretend to have the email address <tt>jdoe@mozilla.com</tt>, or
-  a computer can identify itself as a site called <tt>www.mozilla.com</tt> when
-  it is not. Spoofing is one form of
-  <a href="#misrepresentation">misrepresentation</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</dt><dd>A protocol that allows mutual
-  authentication between a <a href="#client">client</a> and a
-  <a href="#server">server</a> for the purpose of establishing an authenticated
-  and encrypted connection. SSL runs above <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> and
-  below <a href="#http">HTTP</a>, <a href="#ldap">LDAP</a>,
-  <a href="#imap">IMAP</a>, NNTP, and other high-level network protocols.
-  The new Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard called Transport
-  Layer Security (TLS) is based on SSL. See also
-  <a href="#authentication">authentication</a>,
-  <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="status_bar">Status Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar that appears at the bottom
-  of any &brandShortName; window. It includes the
-  <a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a> on the left and status icons on
-  the right.</dd>
-
-<dt id="subject">subject</dt><dd>The entity (such as a person, organization,
-  or router) identified by a <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. In
-  particular, the subject field of a certificate contains the certified
-  entity&apos;s <a href="#subject_name">subject name</a> and other
-  characteristics.</dd>
-
-<dt id="subject_name">subject name</dt><dd>A
-  <a href="#distinguished_name">distinguished name (DN)</a> that uniquely
-  describes the <a href="#subject">subject</a> of a
-  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</dt><dd>A
-  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> whose
-  certificate is signed by another subordinate CA or by the root CA. See also
-  <a href="#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a>, <a href="#root_ca">root
-  CA</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="symmetric_encryption">symmetric encryption</dt><dd>An encryption method
-  that uses a single cryptographic key to both encrypt and decrypt a given
-  message.</dd>
-
-<dt id="tamper_detection">tamper detection</dt><dd>A mechanism ensuring that
-  data received in electronic form has not been tampered with; that is, that
-  the data received corresponds entirely with the original version of the same
-  data.</dd>
-
-<dt id="tcp">TCP</dt><dd>See <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="tcp_ip">TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet
-  Protocol)</dt><dd>A Unix protocol used to connect computers running a variety
-  of operating systems. TCP/IP is an essential Internet protocol and has become
-  a global standard.</dd>
-
-<dt id="third-party_cookie">third-party cookie</dt><dd>See
-  <a href="#foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="tls">TLS</dt><dd>See <a href="#ssl">SSL
-  (Secure Sockets Layer).</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="token">token</dt><dd>See <a href="#security_device">security
-  device</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="tooltip">tooltip</dt><dd>A small box with text that appears when
-  you hover your mouse's cursor over certain items. It usually contains
-  information regarding the item being hovered over.</dd>
-
-<dt id="trust">trust</dt><dd>Confident reliance on a person or other entity. In
-  the context of <a href="#pki">PKI (public-key infrastructure)</a>, trust
-  usually refers to the relationship between the user of a certificate and the
-  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> that issued
-  the certificate. If you use Certificate Manager to specify that you trust a
-  CA, Certificate Manager trusts valid certificates issued by that CA unless
-  you specify otherwise in the settings for individual certificates. You use
-  the Authorities tab in Certificate Manager to specify the kinds of
-  certificates you do or don&apos;t trust specific CAs to issue.</dd>
-
-<dt id="url">URL (Uniform Resource Locator)</dt><dd>The standardized address
-  that tells your browser how to locate a file or other resource on the Web.
-  For example: <tt>http://www.mozilla.org.</tt> You can type URLs into the
-  browser&apos;s <a href="#location_bar">Location Bar</a> to access
-  <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>. URLs are also used in the links on web
-  pages that you can click to go to other web pages. Also known as an Internet
-  address or Web address.</dd>
-
-<dt id="web_page">web page</dt><dd>A single document on the World Wide Web that
-  is specified by a unique address or <a href="#url">URL</a> and that may
-  contain text, hyperlinks, and graphics.</dd>
-
-<dt id="web_site">website</dt><dd>A group of related web pages linked by
-  hyperlinks and managed by a single company, organization, or individual. A
-  website may include text, graphics, audio and video files, and links to
-  other websites.</dd>
-
-<dt id="world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</dt><dd>Also known as the Web. A
-  portion of the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> that is made up of web pages
-  stored by web <a href="#server">servers</a> and displayed by
-  <a href="#client">clients</a> called web browsers (such as
-  &brandShortName;).</dd>
-
-<dt id="wpad">WPAD (Web Proxy AutoDiscovery)</dt><dd>A proposed Internet
-  protocol that allows a Web browser to automatically locate and interface
-  with <a href="#proxy">proxy</a> services in a network.</dd>
-
-<dt id="xml">XML (Extensible Markup Language)</dt><dd>An open standard for
-  describing data. Unlike <a href="#html">HTML</a>, XML allows the developer of
-  a web page to define special tags. For more information, see the online W3C
-  document
-  <a href="http://www.w3.org/XML/">Extensible Markup Language (XML)</a>.</dd>
-
-<dt id="xslt">XSLT (Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformation)</dt><dd>A
-  language used to convert an XML document into another XML document or into
-  some other format.</dd>
-
-<dt id="xul">XUL (XML User Interface Language)</dt><dd>A XML markup language
-  for creating user interfaces in applications.</dd>
-
-</dl>
-
-<p>&copyright.string;</p>
-
-</body>
-</html>
deleted file mode 100755
--- a/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-
-<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
-         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
-
-<!--  HELP Glossary SECTION -->
-  <rdf:Description about="urn:root">
-    <nc:subheadings>
-      <rdf:Seq>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#authentication"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="bookmark" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#bookmark"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cache" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate authority (CA)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate backup password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate-based authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate chain" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate fingerprint" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_fingerprint"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Certificate Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_manager"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate renewal" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_renewal"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate verification" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cipher" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cipher"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client SSL certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Component Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Cookie Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CRL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#crl"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cryptographic algorithm" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptographic_algorithm"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cryptography" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptography"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="decryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#decryption"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="digital ID" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_id"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="digital signature" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="distinguished name (DN)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#distinguished_name"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="dual key pairs" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#dual_key_pairs"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="eavesdropping" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#eavesdropping"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="fingerprint" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fingerprint"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FIPS PUBS 140-1" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fips_pubs_140-1"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="foreign cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#foreign_cookie"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Form Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#form_manager"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="frame" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#frame"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ftp"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Gopher" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#gopher"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="helper application" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#helper_application"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="home page" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#home_page"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#html"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#http"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTPS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#https"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IMAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#imap"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="implicit consent" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#implicit_consent"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Internet" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#internet"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IP address" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ip_address"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IRC" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#irc"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="ISP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#isp"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Java" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#java"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="JavaScript" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#javascript"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#key"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="LDAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ldap"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Location Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#location_bar"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="master key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_key"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="master password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_password"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="misrepresentation" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#misrepresentation"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Navigation Toolbar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="nonrepudiation" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#nonrepudiation"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="object signing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object_signing"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="object-signing certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object-signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="OCSP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ocsp"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="P3P" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#p3p"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="password-based authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Password Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Personal Toolbar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="phishing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#phishing"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11 module" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKI" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pki"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="plugin" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#plugin"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="POP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pop"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="private key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#private_key"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="proxy" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#proxy"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="public key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public_key"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="public-key cryptography" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="roaming profile" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#roaming_profile"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="root CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#root_ca"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="search engine" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#search_engine"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security device" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_device"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security module" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_module"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_token"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server SSL certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="signing certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="signing key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_key"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="slot" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#slot"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="smart card" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smart_card"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SMTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smtp"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SOCKS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#socks"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="software security device" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="spoofing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#spoofing"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SSL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ssl"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Status Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subject" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subject name" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject_name"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subordinate CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subordinate_ca"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="symmetric encryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#symmetric_encryption"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="tamper detection" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tamper_detection"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP/IP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp_ip"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="third-party cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#third-party_cookie"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TLS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tls"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#token"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="tooltip" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tooltip"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="trust" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#trust"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="URL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#url"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="web page" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_page"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="website" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_site"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="World Wide Web (WWW)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#world_wide_web"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="WPAD" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#wpad"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xml"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XSLT" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xslt"/> </rdf:li>
-        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XUL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xul"/> </rdf:li>
-      </rdf:Seq>
-    </nc:subheadings>
-  </rdf:Description>
-
-</rdf:RDF>
deleted file mode 100644
--- a/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2236 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
-         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
- 
-<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#a">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Account_Settings"
-         nc:name="Account Settings"
-         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="adding"
-         nc:name="adding"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="address_books"
-         nc:name="address books"
-         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_address_books"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="attaching_files_to_messages"
-         nc:name="attaching files to messages"
-         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="#adding">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="adding:images_to_web_pages"
-         nc:name="inserting images to web pages"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="adding:mail_account"
-         nc:name="creating a new mail account"
-         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="adding:newsgroup_account"
-         nc:name="adding a new newsgroup account"
-         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="adding:table_elements"
-         nc:name="inserting table elements"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="#address_books">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:adding_entries"
-         nc:name="adding address book entries"
-         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating"
-         nc:name="creating a new address book"
-         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating_mailing_lists"
-         nc:name="creating mailing lists"
-         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:exporting"
-         nc:name="exporting address books"
-         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#exporting_address_books"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:importing"
-         nc:name="importing address books"
-         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_address_books"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:LDAP_directories"
-         nc:name="LDAP directories"
-         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:searching"
-         nc:name="searching your address book"
-         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#b">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="backing_up_certificates"
-         nc:name="backing up certificates"
-         nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks"
-         nc:name="bookmarks"
-         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="browser"
-         nc:name="browser"
-         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="browsing_anonymously"
-         nc:name="browsing anonymously"
-          nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="#bookmarks">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:changing_bookmarks"
-         nc:name="changing bookmarks"
-         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:creating_bookmarks"
-         nc:name="creating bookmarks"
-         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:exporting_bookmarks"
-         nc:name="exporting bookmarks"
-         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:organizing_bookmarks"
-         nc:name="organizing bookmarks"
-         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:searching_bookmarks"
-         nc:name="searching bookmarks"
-         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:using_bookmarks"
-         nc:name="using bookmarks"
-         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:visiting"
-         nc:name="visiting bookmarked pages"
-         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:what_are_bookmarks"
-         nc:name="what are bookmarks"
-         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="#browser">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="browser:changing_your_home_page"
-         nc:name="changing your home page"
-         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="browser:controlling_popups"
-         nc:name="controlling popups"
-         nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="browser:Download_Manager"
-         nc:name="Download Manager"
-         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="browser:full_screen_mode"
-         nc:name="Full screen mode"
-         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#full_screen_mode"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="browser:helper_applications"
-         nc:name="helper applications"
-         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="browser:home_page"
-         nc:name="home page"
-         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="browser:keyboard_shortcuts"
-         nc:name="keyboard shortcuts"
-         nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="browser:opening_pages"
-         nc:name="opening pages"
-         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="browser:preferences"
-         nc:name="Browser Preferences"
-         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="browser:set_as_wallpaper"
-         nc:name="set as wallpaper"
-         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_page"
-         nc:name="start page"
-         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_up_components"
-         nc:name="start up components"
-         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#c">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="cache"
-         nc:name="cache"
-         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates"
-         nc:name="Certificates"
-         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer"
-         nc:name="Composer"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager"
-         nc:name="Cookie Manager"
-         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="cookies"
-         nc:name="cookies"
-         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
-     </rdf:li><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="copy web pages"
-         nc:name="copy"
-         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs"
-         nc:name="CRLs"
-         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Customizing"
-         nc:name="Customizing Fonts and Colors"
-         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="#cache">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="cache:changing_settings"
-         nc:name="changing cache settings"
-         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="cache:preferences"
-         nc:name="cache preferences"
-         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="#Certificates">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:certificate_authority"
-         nc:name="certificate authority"
-          nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:getting"
-         nc:name="getting certificates"
-         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:managing"
-         nc:name="Managing Certificates"
-         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:preferences"
-         nc:name="Certificate Preferences"
-         nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:selecting_for_client_authentication"
-         nc:name="Selecting for client authentication"
-         nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#client_certificate_selection"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:using"
-         nc:name="Using Certificates"
-         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:validation"
-         nc:name="certificate validation"
-         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:web_site"
-         nc:name="website identity"
-         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_websites"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:your_own"
-         nc:name="Your own identity"
-         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="#Composer">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:adding_tables"
-         nc:name="adding tables"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:Advanced_Property_Editor"
-         nc:name="Advanced Property Editor"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_color"
-         nc:name="changing text color"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_font"
-         nc:name="changing text font"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:checking_html"
-         nc:name="checking html"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_links"
-         nc:name="creating links"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_new_pages"
-         nc:name="creating new pages"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_image_properties"
-         nc:name="editing image properties"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_modes"
-         nc:name="editing modes"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:finding_replacing_text"
-         nc:name="finding replacing text"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_lists"
-         nc:name="formatting lists"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_paragraphs"
-         nc:name="formatting paragraphs"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:general_preferences"
-         nc:name="general preferences"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_horizontal_lines"
-         nc:name="inserting horizontal lines"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_images"
-         nc:name="inserting images"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:keyboard_shortcuts"
-         nc:name="keyboard shortcuts"
-         nc:link="shortcuts-composer.xhtml"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:removing_text_styles"
-         nc:name="removing text styles"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:saving_pages"
-         nc:name="saving pages in composer"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_colors"
-         nc:name="setting page colors"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_properties"
-         nc:name="setting page properties"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:special_characters"
-         nc:name="special characters"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:working_with_lists"
-         nc:name="working with lists"
-         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="#Cookie_Manager">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:cookies_stored_by"
-         nc:name="stored cookies"
-         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:using"
-         nc:name="using cookies"
-         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="#cookies">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:about"
-         nc:name="about cookies"
-         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:email_and"
-         nc:name="e-mail and cookies"
-         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:foreign"
-         nc:name="foreign cookies"
-         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:managing_per_site"
-         nc:name="managing cookies per site"
-         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:notification_icon"
-         nc:name="notification icon"
-         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_notification"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:preferences"
-         nc:name="cookie preferences"
-         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:privacy_levels_for"
-         nc:name="privacy levels"
-         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_privacy_levels"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:removing"
-         nc:name="removing cookies"
-         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:viewing"
-         nc:name="viewing cookies"
-         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="#CRLs">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:about"
-         nc:name="about CRLs"
-         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:auto_upates_for"
-         nc:name="CRL auto update"
-         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:managing"
-         nc:name="managing CRLs"
-         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#manage_crls"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:Next_Update_date"
-         nc:name="Next Update date"
-         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_the_next_update_date"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:preferences"
-         nc:name="CRL preferences"
-         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="device_manager"
-         nc:name="Device Manager"
-         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="DOM_Inspector"
-         nc:name="DOM Inspector"
-         nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#inspector"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager"
-         nc:name="Download Manager"
-         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="#Download_Manager">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager:preferences"
-         nc:name="downoad manager preferences"
-         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#e">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses"
-         nc:name="e-mail addresses"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="encryption"
-         nc:name="encryption"
-         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="JSConsole"
-         nc:name="error console"
-         nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="#email_addresses">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:address_books_and"
-         nc:name="adding e-mail addresses to address books"
-         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:in_mail_messages"
-         nc:name="e-mail address in messages"
-         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="#encryption">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:about"
-         nc:name="about encryption and signing"
-         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_email_messages"
-         nc:name="encrypted e-mail messages"
-         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_stored_sensitive_information"
-         nc:name="storing sensitive information"
-         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:settings_for_email"
-         nc:name="encryption settings"
-         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#configuring_security_settings"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:status_of_web_page"
-         nc:name="security of a web page"
-         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/>
-     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
-   </nc:subheadings>
-</rdf:Description>
-
-<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#f">
-   <nc:subheadings>
-     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="file_types"
-         nc:name="file types"
-         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Filing_messages"
-         nc:name="Filing messages"
-         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Find_Links_As_You_Type"
-         nc:name="Find Links As You Type"
-         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="Find_Text_As_You_Type"
-         nc:name="Find Text As You Type"
-         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
-     </rdf:li>
-     <rdf:li>
-       <rdf:Description ID="FIPS_mode"
-         nc:name="FIPS mode"
-         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/&g